From 7836e2189432bc7b132789ae56abb8abb99be1cb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Glenn Randers-Pehrson Date: Wed, 2 Dec 2009 19:44:54 -0600 Subject: [libpng10] Imported from libpng-1.0.51.tar --- ANNOUNCE | 138 +- CHANGES | 13 + INSTALL | 4 +- KNOWNBUG | 2 +- LICENSE | 4 +- Makefile.am | 6 +- Makefile.in | 35 +- README | 94 +- Y2KINFO | 4 +- aclocal.m4 | 14 +- configure | 229 +-- configure.ac | 4 +- libpng-1.0.51.txt | 3125 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ libpng-1.0.51rc01.txt | 3125 -------------------------------------- libpng.3 | 24 +- libpngpf.3 | 4 +- ltmain.sh | 18 +- png.5 | 2 +- png.c | 9 +- png.h | 24 +- pngconf.h | 50 +- pngerror.c | 3 +- pngget.c | 3 +- pngmem.c | 3 +- pngpread.c | 3 +- pngread.c | 3 +- pngrio.c | 3 +- pngrtran.c | 3 +- pngrutil.c | 3 +- pngset.c | 3 +- pngtest.c | 5 +- pngtrans.c | 3 +- pngwio.c | 3 +- pngwrite.c | 3 +- pngwtran.c | 3 +- pngwutil.c | 3 +- projects/visualc6/libpng.dsp | 36 +- projects/visualc71/libpng.vcproj | 6 +- projects/wince.txt | 4 +- scripts/README.txt | 14 +- scripts/libpng-config-head.in | 2 +- scripts/libpng.pc.in | 2 +- scripts/makefile.32sunu | 4 +- scripts/makefile.64sunu | 4 +- scripts/makefile.acorn | 2 +- scripts/makefile.aix | 4 +- scripts/makefile.amiga | 2 +- scripts/makefile.atari | 2 +- scripts/makefile.bc32 | 2 +- scripts/makefile.beos | 4 +- scripts/makefile.bor | 2 +- scripts/makefile.cegcc | 2 +- scripts/makefile.cygwin | 4 +- scripts/makefile.darwin | 4 +- scripts/makefile.dec | 4 +- scripts/makefile.dj2 | 2 +- scripts/makefile.elf | 4 +- scripts/makefile.freebsd | 2 +- scripts/makefile.gcc | 4 +- scripts/makefile.gcmmx | 2 +- scripts/makefile.hp64 | 8 +- scripts/makefile.hpgcc | 4 +- scripts/makefile.hpux | 6 +- scripts/makefile.ibmc | 2 +- scripts/makefile.intel | 2 +- scripts/makefile.knr | 2 +- scripts/makefile.linux | 4 +- scripts/makefile.mingw | 8 +- scripts/makefile.mips | 4 +- scripts/makefile.msc | 2 +- scripts/makefile.ne12bsd | 6 +- scripts/makefile.netbsd | 6 +- scripts/makefile.nommx | 4 +- scripts/makefile.openbsd | 4 +- scripts/makefile.os2 | 2 +- scripts/makefile.sco | 4 +- scripts/makefile.sggcc | 4 +- scripts/makefile.sgi | 6 +- scripts/makefile.so9 | 6 +- scripts/makefile.solaris | 4 +- scripts/makefile.solaris-x86 | 2 +- scripts/makefile.std | 2 +- scripts/makefile.sunos | 2 +- scripts/makefile.tc3 | 4 +- scripts/makefile.vcawin32 | 2 +- scripts/makefile.vcwin32 | 2 +- scripts/makefile.watcom | 2 +- scripts/png32ce.def | 2 +- scripts/pngos2.def | 2 +- scripts/pngw32.def | 2 +- 90 files changed, 3601 insertions(+), 3602 deletions(-) create mode 100644 libpng-1.0.51.txt delete mode 100644 libpng-1.0.51rc01.txt diff --git a/ANNOUNCE b/ANNOUNCE index fd836eb8b..ab7b18806 100644 --- a/ANNOUNCE +++ b/ANNOUNCE @@ -1,168 +1,90 @@ -Libpng 1.0.51rc01 - November 18, 2009 +Libpng 1.0.51 - December 3, 2009 -This is not intended to be a public release. It will be replaced -within a few weeks by a public version or by another test version. +This is a public release of libpng, intended for use in production codes. Files available for download: Source files with LF line endings (for Unix/Linux) and with a "configure" script - libpng-1.0.51rc01.tar.xz (LZMA-compressed, recommended) - libpng-1.0.51rc01.tar.gz - libpng-1.0.51rc01.tar.bz2 + libpng-1.0.51.tar.xz (LZMA-compressed, recommended) + libpng-1.0.51.tar.gz + libpng-1.0.51.tar.bz2 Source files with LF line endings (for Unix/Linux) without the "configure" script - libpng-1.0.51rc01-no-config.tar.xz (LZMA-compressed, recommended) - libpng-1.0.51rc01-no-config.tar.gz - libpng-1.0.51rc01-no-config.tar.bz2 + libpng-1.0.51-no-config.tar.xz (LZMA-compressed, recommended) + libpng-1.0.51-no-config.tar.gz + libpng-1.0.51-no-config.tar.bz2 Source files with CRLF line endings (for Windows), without the "configure" script - lp1051r01.zip - lp1051r01.7z - lp1051r01.tar.bz2 + lpng1051.zip + lpng1051.7z + lpng1051.tar.bz2 Project files - libpng-1.0.51rc01-project-netware.zip - libpng-1.0.51rc01-project-wince.zip + libpng-1.0.51-project-netware.zip + libpng-1.0.51-project-wince.zip Other information: - libpng-1.0.51rc01-README.txt - libpng-1.0.51rc01-KNOWNBUGS.txt - libpng-1.0.51rc01-LICENSE.txt - libpng-1.0.51rc01-Y2K-compliance.txt - libpng-1.0.51rc01-[previous version]-diff.txt + libpng-1.0.51-README.txt + libpng-1.0.51-KNOWNBUGS.txt + libpng-1.0.51-LICENSE.txt + libpng-1.0.51-Y2K-compliance.txt Changes since the last public release (1.0.50): -version 1.2.41beta01 [September 25, 2009] +version 1.0.51 [December 3, 2009] + Moved redundant IHDR checking into new png_check_IHDR() in png.c and report all errors found in the IHDR data. Eliminated useless call to png_check_cHRM() from pngset.c Expanded TAB characters in pngrtran.c - -version 1.2.41beta02 [September 30, 2009] - Revised png_check_IHDR(). - -version 1.2.41beta03 [October 1, 2009] - Revised png_check_IHDR() again, to check info_ptr members instead of - the contents of the returned parameters. - -version 1.2.41beta04 [October 7, 2009] Added "xcode" project similar one already in libpng-1.4.0beta (Alam Arias). - Ported some cosmetic changes from libpng-1.4.0beta86. Eliminated a shadowed declaration of "pp" in png_handle_sPLT(). - -version 1.2.41beta05 [October 17, 2009] Revised pngconf.h to make it easier to enable iTXt support. From libpng version 1.2.9 through 1.2.40, defining PNG_iTXt_SUPPORTED did not work as expected. - Ported some cosmetic changes from libpng-1.4.0beta87, changing - many "#if defined(x)" to "#ifdef x". - -version 1.2.41beta06 [October 18, 2009] - Restored PNG_USE_LOCAL_ARRAYS code in pngread.c that was inadvertently - deleted in libpng-1.2.41beta05. Converted all PNG_NO_* tests to PNG_*_SUPPORTED everywhere except pngconf.h - as in libpng-1.4.0beta78 and later. - -version 1.2.41beta07 [October 21, 2009] - Ported some cosmetic changes from libpng-1.4.0rc01, changing - many "#if defined(x)" to "#ifdef x" in png.h and pngconf.h. - -version 1.2.41beta08 [October 30, 2009] - Ported from libpng-1.4.0rc01: png_calloc(), png_get_io_chunk_name(), - png_get_io_state(), png_set_user_cache_max(), png_get_user_cache_max(), - png_set_premultiply_alpha, and png_do_read_premultiply_alpha(). + Changed many "#if defined(x)" to "#ifdef x" and fixed some indentation. + Added png_calloc() as a non-exported function. Relocated png_do_chop() ahead of building gamma tables in pngrtran.c This avoids building 16-bit gamma tables unnecessarily. - -version 1.2.41beta09 [November 1, 2009] Removed a harmless extra png_set_invert_alpha() from pngwrite.c - More bugfixes and improvements to CMakeLists.txt (Philip Lowman) + Bugfixes and improvements to CMakeLists.txt (Philip Lowman) Moved CMakeLists.txt from scripts into the main libpng directory. - Apply png_user_chunk_cache_max within png_decompress_chunk(). - Merged libpng-1.2.41.txt with libpng-1.4.0.txt where appropriate. - -version 1.2.41beta10 [November 1, 2009] - Enabled iTXt support by default. To ensure binary compatibility with - previous versions, the "lang" and "lang_key" members will be assumed - to be omitted from previous versions unless the current libpng - version was built with PNG_iTXt_SUPPORTED (which is otherwise no - longer necessary to gain iTXt support), as a signal that the user has - been building previous versions with PNG_iTXt_SUPPORTED as well. - -version 1.2.41beta11 [November 2, 2009] - Store user's user_png_ver in new png_ptr->user_png_ver element. - Revised iTXt support. To ensure binary compatibility with - previous versions, the "lang" and "lang_key" members will be assumed - to be omitted from versions prior to 1.2.41beta11 whenever there is a - library mismatch. - -version 1.2.41beta12 [November 2, 2009] - Free png_ptr->user_png_ver when destroying png_ptr. - -version 1.2.41beta13 [November 3, 2009] - Updated scripts/pngw32.def and projects/wince/png32ce.def - Copied projects/wince/png32ce.def to the scripts directory. - Added scripts/makefile.wce Patched ltmain.sh for wince support. Added PNG_CONVERT_tIME_SUPPORTED macro. - -version 1.2.41beta14 [November 8, 2009] - versions 1.2.41beta05 through 1.2.41beta13 were abandoned. Make inclusion of time.h in pngconf.h depend on PNG_CONVERT_tIME_SUPPORTED - Make #define PNG_CONVERT_tIME_SUPPORTED depend on PNG_WRITE_tIME_SUPPORTED - Reverted iTXt compatibility stuff from 1.2.41beta05, 1.2.41beta11, and - 1.2.41beta12. - Reverted IOSTATE feature, user_cache_max, and premultiply_alpha features - from 1.2.41beta08. - Retained png_calloc() from 1.2.41beta08 but as a non-exported function, - and removed reference to png_calloc from scripts/*.def - -version 1.2.41beta15 [November 8, 2009] + Updated scripts/pngw32.def and projects/wince/png32ce.def + Copied projects/wince/png32ce.def to the scripts directory. + Added scripts/makefile.cegcc Added PNG_DEPSTRUCT, PNG_DEPRECATED, PNG_USE_RESULT, PNG_NORETURN, and PNG_ALLOCATED macros to detect deprecated direct access to the png_struct or info_struct members and other deprecated usage in applications (John Bowler). - Updated scripts/makefile* to add "-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" to CFLAGS, - to prevent warnings about direct access to png structs by libpng - functions while building libpng. They need to be tested, especially - those using compilers other than gcc. - Updated projects/visualc6 and visualc71 with "/d PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG". - -version 1.2.41beta16 [November 9, 2009] Removed three direct references to read_info_ptr members in pngtest.c that were detected by the new PNG_DEPSTRUCT macro. - Only #define PNG_DEPSTRUCT, etc. in pngconf.h if not already defined. - -version 1.2.41beta17 [November 10, 2009] - Updated CMakeLists.txt to add "-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" to the definitions. Marked deprecated function prototypes with PNG_DEPRECATED. Marked memory allocation function prototypes with PNG_ALLOCATED. Changed png_check_sig() to !png_sig_cmp() in contrib programs. Corrected the png_get_IHDR() call in contrib/gregbook/readpng2.c - Added "-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" to the contrib/pngminum makefiles. - -version 1.2.41beta18 [November 11, 2009] - Renamed scripts/makefile.wce to scripts/makefile.cegcc Marked nonexported functions with PNG_PRIVATE macro. - -version 1.2.41beta18 [November 11, 2009] - Revised scripts/*.def to reflect functions actually exported by libpng. - -version 1.2.41rc01 and 1.0.51rc01 [November 18, 2009] Revised scripts/*.def to reflect functions actually exported by libpng. Updated the copyright year in scripts/pngw32.rc from 2004 to 2009. Moved descriptions of makefiles and other scripts out of INSTALL into scripts/README.txt + Rebuilt the configure scripts with autoconf-2.65 + Disabled the new pedantic warnings about deprecated function use and + deprecated structure access unless the user defines PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS. + Added "#define PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS" in the libpng source files. + Updated the list of files and made some cosmetic changes in README. Send comments/corrections/commendations to png-mng-implement at lists.sf.net diff --git a/CHANGES b/CHANGES index 6810a5a33..0bb5810a4 100644 --- a/CHANGES +++ b/CHANGES @@ -2581,6 +2581,19 @@ version 1.2.41rc01 and 1.0.51rc01 [November 18, 2009] Moved descriptions of makefiles and other scripts out of INSTALL into scripts/README.txt +version 1.2.41rc02 [November 22, 2009] + Rebuilt the configure scripts with autoconf-2.65 + +version 1.2.41rc03 [November 25, 2009] + Disabled the new pedantic warnings about deprecated function use + and deprecated structure access unless the user defines + PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS. + Added "#define PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS" in the libpng source files. + Removed "-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" from the makefiles and projects. + +version 1.2.41 [December 3, 2009] + Updated the list of files and made some cosmetic changes in README. + Send comments/corrections/commendations to png-mng-implement at lists.sf.net (subscription required; visit https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/png-mng-implement diff --git a/INSTALL b/INSTALL index 99ac37433..441e311c7 100644 --- a/INSTALL +++ b/INSTALL @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Installing libpng version 1.0.51rc01 - November 18, 2009 +Installing libpng version 1.0.51 - December 3, 2009 On Unix/Linux and similar systems, you can simply type @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ to have access to the zlib.h and zconf.h include files that correspond to the version of zlib that's installed. You can rename the directories that you downloaded (they -might be called "libpng-1.0.51rc01" or "libpng10" and "zlib-1.2.3" +might be called "libpng-1.0.51" or "libpng10" and "zlib-1.2.3" or "zlib123") so that you have directories called "zlib" and "libpng". Your directory structure should look like this: diff --git a/KNOWNBUG b/KNOWNBUG index 4af2f93c9..fc1a5c588 100644 --- a/KNOWNBUG +++ b/KNOWNBUG @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Known bugs in libpng version 1.0.51rc01 +Known bugs in libpng version 1.0.51 1. February 23, 2006: The custom makefiles don't build libpng with -lz. diff --git a/LICENSE b/LICENSE index 81720d791..ea2ff9428 100644 --- a/LICENSE +++ b/LICENSE @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ this sentence. This code is released under the libpng license. -libpng versions 1.2.6, August 15, 2004, through 1.0.51rc01, November 18, 2009, are +libpng versions 1.2.6, August 15, 2004, through 1.0.51, December 3, 2009, are Copyright (c) 2004, 2006-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-1.2.5 with the following individual added to the list of Contributing Authors @@ -108,4 +108,4 @@ certification mark of the Open Source Initiative. Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp at users.sourceforge.net -November 18, 2009 +December 3, 2009 diff --git a/Makefile.am b/Makefile.am index 3d0fca6d7..49bef27df 100644 --- a/Makefile.am +++ b/Makefile.am @@ -18,13 +18,13 @@ check_PROGRAMS= pngtest pngtest_SOURCES = pngtest.c pngtest_LDADD = libpng10.la TESTS = test-pngtest.sh -TESTS_ENVIRONMENT= srcdir=$(srcdir) +TESTS_ENVIRONMENT= srcdir=$(srcdir) # man pages dist_man_MANS= libpng.3 libpngpf.3 png.5 # generate the -config scripts if required -binconfigs= libpng10-config +binconfigs= libpng10-config EXTRA_SCRIPTS= libpng-config libpng10-config bin_SCRIPTS= @binconfigs@ @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ EXTRA_DIST= \ ${srcdir}/contrib/pngsuite/* \ ${srcdir}/contrib/visupng/* \ $(TESTS) \ - example.c libpng-1.0.51rc01.txt pngvcrd.c + example.c libpng-1.0.51.txt pngvcrd.c CLEANFILES= pngout.png libpng10.pc libpng10-config libpng.vers \ libpng.sym diff --git a/Makefile.in b/Makefile.in index 9dd0b2f5f..3691d0f90 100644 --- a/Makefile.in +++ b/Makefile.in @@ -106,14 +106,14 @@ libpng_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ $(libpng_la_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ libpng10_la_LIBADD = -am_libpng10_la_OBJECTS = libpng10_la-png.lo \ - libpng10_la-pngset.lo libpng10_la-pngget.lo \ - libpng10_la-pngrutil.lo libpng10_la-pngtrans.lo \ - libpng10_la-pngwutil.lo libpng10_la-pngread.lo \ - libpng10_la-pngrio.lo libpng10_la-pngwio.lo \ - libpng10_la-pngwrite.lo libpng10_la-pngrtran.lo \ - libpng10_la-pngwtran.lo libpng10_la-pngmem.lo \ - libpng10_la-pngerror.lo libpng10_la-pngpread.lo +am_libpng10_la_OBJECTS = libpng10_la-png.lo libpng10_la-pngset.lo \ + libpng10_la-pngget.lo libpng10_la-pngrutil.lo \ + libpng10_la-pngtrans.lo libpng10_la-pngwutil.lo \ + libpng10_la-pngread.lo libpng10_la-pngrio.lo \ + libpng10_la-pngwio.lo libpng10_la-pngwrite.lo \ + libpng10_la-pngrtran.lo libpng10_la-pngwtran.lo \ + libpng10_la-pngmem.lo libpng10_la-pngerror.lo \ + libpng10_la-pngpread.lo libpng10_la_OBJECTS = $(am_libpng10_la_OBJECTS) libpng10_la_LINK = $(LIBTOOL) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \ $(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \ @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ # generate the -config scripts if required -binconfigs = libpng10-config +binconfigs = libpng10-config bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = foreign pngtest_SOURCES = pngtest.c pngtest_LDADD = libpng10.la TESTS = test-pngtest.sh -TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = srcdir=$(srcdir) +TESTS_ENVIRONMENT = srcdir=$(srcdir) # man pages dist_man_MANS = libpng.3 libpngpf.3 png.5 @@ -320,9 +320,8 @@ libpng_la_CPPFLAGS = @LIBPNG_DEFINES@ libpng10_la_CPPFLAGS = @LIBPNG_DEFINES@ # MAJOR UPGRADE: the version-number settings below must be changed. -libpng10_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -export-dynamic \ - -version-number 0:@PNGLIB_RELEASE@:0 $(am__append_1) \ - $(am__append_2) +libpng10_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -export-dynamic -version-number \ + 0:@PNGLIB_RELEASE@:0 $(am__append_1) $(am__append_2) # -rpath is needed as automake doesn't know the directory libpng_la_LDFLAGS = -rpath '$(libdir)' -no-undefined -export-dynamic \ -version-number 2:@PNGLIB_RELEASE@:0 @@ -352,7 +351,7 @@ EXTRA_DIST = \ ${srcdir}/contrib/pngsuite/* \ ${srcdir}/contrib/visupng/* \ $(TESTS) \ - example.c libpng-1.0.51rc01.txt pngvcrd.c + example.c libpng-1.0.51.txt pngvcrd.c CLEANFILES = pngout.png libpng10.pc libpng10-config libpng.vers \ libpng.sym @@ -409,7 +408,7 @@ config.h: stamp-h1 stamp-h1: $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @rm -f stamp-h1 cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status config.h -$(srcdir)/config.h.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) +$(srcdir)/config.h.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) ($(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)) rm -f stamp-h1 touch $@ @@ -451,9 +450,9 @@ clean-libLTLIBRARIES: echo "rm -f \"$${dir}/so_locations\""; \ rm -f "$${dir}/so_locations"; \ done -libpng.la: $(libpng_la_OBJECTS) $(libpng_la_DEPENDENCIES) +libpng.la: $(libpng_la_OBJECTS) $(libpng_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(libpng_la_LINK) $(libpng_la_OBJECTS) $(libpng_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) -libpng10.la: $(libpng10_la_OBJECTS) $(libpng10_la_DEPENDENCIES) +libpng10.la: $(libpng10_la_OBJECTS) $(libpng10_la_DEPENDENCIES) $(libpng10_la_LINK) -rpath $(libdir) $(libpng10_la_OBJECTS) $(libpng10_la_LIBADD) $(LIBS) clean-checkPROGRAMS: @@ -464,7 +463,7 @@ clean-checkPROGRAMS: list=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'`; \ echo " rm -f" $$list; \ rm -f $$list -pngtest$(EXEEXT): $(pngtest_OBJECTS) $(pngtest_DEPENDENCIES) +pngtest$(EXEEXT): $(pngtest_OBJECTS) $(pngtest_DEPENDENCIES) @rm -f pngtest$(EXEEXT) $(LINK) $(pngtest_OBJECTS) $(pngtest_LDADD) $(LIBS) install-binSCRIPTS: $(bin_SCRIPTS) diff --git a/README b/README index 2ff7fe65c..79e18409a 100644 --- a/README +++ b/README @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -README for libpng version 1.0.51rc01 - November 18, 2009 (shared library 10.0) +README for libpng version 1.0.51 - December 3, 2009 (shared library 10.0) See the note about version numbers near the top of png.h See INSTALL for instructions on how to install libpng. Libpng comes in several distribution formats. Get libpng-*.tar.gz, -libpng-*.tar.lzma, or libpng-*.tar.bz2 if you want UNIX-style line +libpng-*.tar.xz, or libpng-*.tar.bz2 if you want UNIX-style line endings in the text files, or lpng*.7z or lpng*.zip if you want DOS-style line endings. You can get UNIX-style line endings from the *.zip file by using "unzip -a" but there seems to be no simple way to recover -UNIX-style line endings from the *.7z file. The *.tar.lzma file is +UNIX-style line endings from the *.7z file. The *.tar.xz file is recommended for *NIX users instead. Version 0.89 was the first official release of libpng. Don't let the @@ -58,9 +58,9 @@ to set different actions based on whether the CRC error occurred in a critical or an ancillary chunk. The changes made to the library, and bugs fixed are based on discussions -on the png-mng-implement mailing list -and not on material submitted privately to Guy, Andreas, or Glenn. They will -forward any good suggestions to the list. +on the png-mng-implement mailing list and not on material submitted +privately to Guy, Andreas, or Glenn. They will forward any good +suggestions to the list. For a detailed description on using libpng, read libpng.txt. For examples of libpng in a program, see example.c and pngtest.c. For usage @@ -105,7 +105,8 @@ Finally, if you get any warning messages when compiling libpng fix. Please mention "libpng" somewhere in the subject line. Thanks. This release was created and will be supported by myself (of course -based in a large way on Guy's and Andreas' earlier work), and the PNG group. +based in a large way on Guy's and Andreas' earlier work), and the PNG +development group. Send comments/corrections/commendations to png-mng-implement at lists.sf.net (subscription required; visit @@ -113,15 +114,14 @@ https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/png-mng-implement to subscribe) or to glennrp at users.sourceforge.net You can't reach Guy, the original libpng author, at the addresses -given in previous versions of this document. He and Andreas will read mail -addressed to the png-mng-implement list, however. +given in previous versions of this document. He and Andreas will +read mail addressed to the png-mng-implement list, however. Please do not send general questions about PNG. Send them to the (png-mng-misc at lists.sourceforge.net, subscription required, visit -https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/png-mng-implement to subscribe) -On the other hand, -please do not send libpng questions to that address, send them to me -or to the png-mng-implement list. I'll +https://lists.sourceforge.net/lists/listinfo/png-mng-misc to +subscribe). On the other hand, please do not send libpng questions to +that address, send them to me or to the png-mng-implement list. I'll get them in the end anyway. If you have a question about something in the PNG specification that is related to using libpng, send it to me. Send me any questions that start with "I was using libpng, @@ -175,34 +175,41 @@ Files in this distribution: Greg Roelofs' "PNG: The Definitive Guide", O'Reilly, 1999 msvctest => Builds and runs pngtest using a MSVC workspace + pngminim => Simple pnm2pngm and png2pnmm programs pngminus => Simple pnm2png and png2pnm programs pngsuite => Test images visupng => Contains a MSVC workspace for VisualPng - projects => Contains project files and workspaces for building DLL + projects => Contains project files and workspaces for + building a DLL beos => Contains a Beos workspace for building libpng - c5builder => Contains a Borland workspace for building libpng - and zlib - visualc6 => Contains a Microsoft Visual C++ (MSVC) workspace - for building libpng and zlib - netware.txt => Contains instructions for downloading a set of - project files for building libpng and zlib on - Netware. - wince.txt => Contains instructions for downloading a Microsoft - Visual C++ (Windows CD Toolkit) workspace for - building libpng and zlib on WindowsCE + c5builder => Contains a Borland workspace for building + libpng and zlib + netware.txt => Contains instructions for downloading a set + of project files for building libpng and + zlib on Netware. + visualc6 => Contains a Microsoft Visual C++ (MSVC) + workspace for building libpng and zlib + wince.txt => Contains instructions for downloading a + Microsoft Visual C++ (Windows CD Toolkit) + workspace for building libpng and zlib on + WindowsCE + xcode => Contains xcode project files scripts => Directory containing scripts for building libpng: descrip.mms => VMS makefile for MMS or MMK - makefile.std => Generic UNIX makefile (cc, creates static libpng.a) - makefile.elf => Linux/ELF makefile symbol versioning, - gcc, creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51rc01) - makefile.linux => Linux/ELF makefile - (gcc, creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51rc01) - makefile.gcmmx => Linux/ELF makefile - (gcc, creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51rc01, - uses assembler code tuned for Intel MMX platform) - makefile.gcc => Generic makefile (gcc, creates static libpng.a) - makefile.knr => Archaic UNIX Makefile that converts files with - ansi2knr (Requires ansi2knr.c from + makefile.std => Generic UNIX makefile (cc, creates static + libpng.a) + makefile.elf => Linux/ELF gcc makefile symbol versioning, + creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51) + makefile.linux => Linux/ELF makefile (gcc, creates + libpng10.so.0.1.0.51) + makefile.gcmmx => Linux/ELF makefile (gcc, creates + libpng10.so.0.1.0.51, previously + used assembler code tuned for Intel MMX + platform) + makefile.gcc => Generic makefile (gcc, creates static + libpng.a) + makefile.knr => Archaic UNIX Makefile that converts files + with ansi2knr (Requires ansi2knr.c from ftp://ftp.cs.wisc.edu/ghost) makefile.aix => AIX makefile makefile.cygwin => Cygwin/gcc makefile @@ -212,20 +219,21 @@ Files in this distribution: makefile.hpgcc => HPUX makefile using gcc makefile.hpux => HPUX (10.20 and 11.00) makefile makefile.hp64 => HPUX (10.20 and 11.00) makefile, 64 bit - makefile.ibmc => IBM C/C++ version 3.x for Win32 and OS/2 (static) + makefile.ibmc => IBM C/C++ version 3.x for Win32 and OS/2 + (static) makefile.intel => Intel C/C++ version 4.0 and later libpng.icc => Project file, IBM VisualAge/C++ 4.0 or later - makefile.netbsd => NetBSD/cc makefile, PNGGCCRD, makes libpng.so. - makefile.ne10bsd => NetBSD/cc makefile, PNGGCCRD, makes libpng10.so + makefile.netbsd => NetBSD/cc makefile, makes libpng.so. + makefile.ne10bsd => NetBSD/cc makefile, makes libpng10.so makefile.openbsd => OpenBSD makefile makefile.sgi => Silicon Graphics IRIX (cc, creates static lib) makefile.sggcc => Silicon Graphics - (gcc, creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51rc01) + (gcc, creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51) makefile.sunos => Sun makefile makefile.solaris => Solaris 2.X makefile - (gcc, creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51rc01) + (gcc, creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51) makefile.so9 => Solaris 9 makefile - (gcc, creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51rc01) + (gcc, creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51) makefile.32sunu => Sun Ultra 32-bit makefile makefile.64sunu => Sun Ultra 64-bit makefile makefile.sco => For SCO OSr5 ELF and Unixware 7 with Native cc @@ -243,8 +251,8 @@ Files in this distribution: makefile.dj2 => DJGPP 2 makefile makefile.msc => Microsoft C makefile makefile.vcawin32=> makefile for Microsoft Visual C++ 5.0 and - later (uses assembler code tuned for Intel MMX - platform) + later (previously used assembler code tuned + for Intel MMX platform) makefile.vcwin32 => makefile for Microsoft Visual C++ 4.0 and later (does not use assembler code) makefile.os2 => OS/2 Makefile (gcc and emx, requires pngos2.def) diff --git a/Y2KINFO b/Y2KINFO index 0d7f8b3ed..0e172a6b7 100644 --- a/Y2KINFO +++ b/Y2KINFO @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ Y2K compliance in libpng: ========================= - November 18, 2009 + December 3, 2009 Since the PNG Development group is an ad-hoc body, we can't make an official declaration. This is your unofficial assurance that libpng from version 0.71 and - upward through 1.0.51rc01 are Y2K compliant. It is my belief that earlier + upward through 1.0.51 are Y2K compliant. It is my belief that earlier versions were also Y2K compliant. Libpng only has three year fields. One is a 2-byte unsigned integer diff --git a/aclocal.m4 b/aclocal.m4 index 0dabd6b96..27bc57cf4 100644 --- a/aclocal.m4 +++ b/aclocal.m4 @@ -13,8 +13,8 @@ m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl -m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.64],, -[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.64. +m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.65],, +[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.65. You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to. If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely. To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically `autoreconf'.])]) @@ -7859,15 +7859,15 @@ m4_define([lt_dict_filter], # Generated from ltversion.in. -# serial 3012 ltversion.m4 +# serial 3017 ltversion.m4 # This file is part of GNU Libtool -m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION], [2.2.6]) -m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_REVISION], [1.3012]) +m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_VERSION], [2.2.6b]) +m4_define([LT_PACKAGE_REVISION], [1.3017]) AC_DEFUN([LTVERSION_VERSION], -[macro_version='2.2.6' -macro_revision='1.3012' +[macro_version='2.2.6b' +macro_revision='1.3017' _LT_DECL(, macro_version, 0, [Which release of libtool.m4 was used?]) _LT_DECL(, macro_revision, 0) ]) diff --git a/configure b/configure index 3745cfdc6..8d26f8678 100755 --- a/configure +++ b/configure @@ -1,12 +1,14 @@ #! /bin/sh # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. -# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.64 for libpng 1.0.51rc01. +# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65 for libpng 1.0.51. # # Report bugs to . # +# # Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, -# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software -# Foundation, Inc. +# 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, +# Inc. +# # # This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. @@ -676,7 +678,8 @@ fi -exec 7<&0 &1 +test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 &1 # Name of the host. # hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, Linux) returns a bogus exit status, @@ -698,8 +701,8 @@ MAKEFLAGS= # Identity of this package. PACKAGE_NAME='libpng' PACKAGE_TARNAME='libpng' -PACKAGE_VERSION='1.0.51rc01' -PACKAGE_STRING='libpng 1.0.51rc01' +PACKAGE_VERSION='1.0.51' +PACKAGE_STRING='libpng 1.0.51' PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='png-mng-implement@lists.sourceforge.net' PACKAGE_URL='' @@ -1432,7 +1435,7 @@ if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. cat <<_ACEOF -\`configure' configures libpng 1.0.51rc01 to adapt to many kinds of systems. +\`configure' configures libpng 1.0.51 to adapt to many kinds of systems. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... @@ -1502,7 +1505,7 @@ fi if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then case $ac_init_help in - short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of libpng 1.0.51rc01:";; + short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of libpng 1.0.51:";; esac cat <<\_ACEOF @@ -1539,7 +1542,7 @@ Some influential environment variables: LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L if you have libraries in a nonstandard directory LIBS libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l - CPPFLAGS C/C++/Objective C preprocessor flags, e.g. -I if + CPPFLAGS (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I if you have headers in a nonstandard directory CPP C preprocessor @@ -1609,8 +1612,8 @@ fi test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status if $ac_init_version; then cat <<\_ACEOF -libpng configure 1.0.51rc01 -generated by GNU Autoconf 2.64 +libpng configure 1.0.51 +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65 Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation @@ -1657,7 +1660,7 @@ sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} - return $ac_retval + as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_compile @@ -1694,7 +1697,7 @@ sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} - return $ac_retval + as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_cpp @@ -1740,7 +1743,7 @@ fi # left behind by Apple's compiler. We do this before executing the actions. rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} - return $ac_retval + as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_link @@ -1813,7 +1816,7 @@ sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 fi rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo eval $as_lineno_stack; test "x$as_lineno_stack" = x && { as_lineno=; unset as_lineno;} - return $ac_retval + as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_c_try_run @@ -2034,8 +2037,8 @@ cat >config.log <<_ACEOF This file contains any messages produced by compilers while running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. -It was created by libpng $as_me 1.0.51rc01, which was -generated by GNU Autoconf 2.64. Invocation command line was +It was created by libpng $as_me 1.0.51, which was +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65. Invocation command line was $ $0 $@ @@ -2288,7 +2291,7 @@ fi for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2" do test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue - if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then + if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 @@ -2297,9 +2300,9 @@ $as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} done if test -r "$cache_file"; then - # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special - # files actually), so we avoid doing that. - if test -f "$cache_file"; then + # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files + # actually), so we avoid doing that. DJGPP emulates it as a regular file. + if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} case $cache_file in @@ -2718,6 +2721,7 @@ IFS=$as_save_IFS fi + test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version if test "${ac_cv_path_mkdir+set}" = set; then MKDIR_P="$ac_cv_path_mkdir -p" else @@ -2725,7 +2729,6 @@ fi # value for MKDIR_P within a source directory, because that will # break other packages using the cache if that directory is # removed, or if the value is a relative name. - test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version MKDIR_P="$ac_install_sh -d" fi fi @@ -2842,7 +2845,7 @@ fi # Define the identity of the package. PACKAGE='libpng' - VERSION='1.0.51rc01' + VERSION='1.0.51' cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF @@ -2906,7 +2909,7 @@ fi -PNGLIB_VERSION=1.0.51rc01 +PNGLIB_VERSION=1.0.51 PNGLIB_MAJOR=1 PNGLIB_MINOR=0 PNGLIB_RELEASE=51 @@ -3239,32 +3242,30 @@ $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 ... rest of stderr output deleted ... 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 - rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi + rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } done cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ -#include + int main () { -FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w"); - return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files -ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out conftest.out" +ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out" # Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. # It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition # of exeext. -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; } +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; } ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'` # The possible output files: @@ -3326,10 +3327,10 @@ test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext= else ac_file='' fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5 -$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; } if test -z "$ac_file"; then : - $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 +$as_echo "no" >&6; } +$as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 @@ -3337,51 +3338,18 @@ $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} { as_fn_set_status 77 as_fn_error "C compiler cannot create executables See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; }; } +else + { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 +$as_echo "yes" >&6; } fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C compiler default output file name" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking for C compiler default output file name... " >&6; } +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5 +$as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; } ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext -# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either -# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C compiler works" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether the C compiler works... " >&6; } -# If not cross compiling, check that we can run a simple program. -if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then - if { ac_try='./$ac_file' - { { case "(($ac_try" in - *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; - *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; -esac -eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" -$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 - (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 - ac_status=$? - $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 - test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then - cross_compiling=no - else - if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then - cross_compiling=yes - else - { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 -$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} -as_fn_error "cannot run C compiled programs. -If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. -See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; } - fi - fi -fi -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 -$as_echo "yes" >&6; } - -rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out conftest.out +rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save -# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either -# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 -$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; } -{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 -$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; } - { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; } if { { ac_try="$ac_link" @@ -3414,13 +3382,72 @@ $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; } fi -rm -f conftest$ac_cv_exeext +rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; } rm -f conftest.$ac_ext EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext ac_exeext=$EXEEXT +cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext +/* end confdefs.h. */ +#include +int +main () +{ +FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w"); + return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0; + + ; + return 0; +} +_ACEOF +ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out" +# Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either +# the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 +$as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; } +if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then + { { ac_try="$ac_link" +case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; } + if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext' + { { case "(($ac_try" in + *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; + *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; +esac +eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" +$as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 + (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 + ac_status=$? + $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then + cross_compiling=no + else + if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then + cross_compiling=yes + else + { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 +$as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} +as_fn_error "cannot run C compiled programs. +If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. +See \`config.log' for more details." "$LINENO" 5; } + fi + fi +fi +{ $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 +$as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; } + +rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out +ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; } if test "${ac_cv_objext+set}" = set; then : @@ -4937,8 +4964,8 @@ esac -macro_version='2.2.6' -macro_revision='1.3012' +macro_version='2.2.6b' +macro_revision='1.3017' @@ -5128,13 +5155,13 @@ if test "${lt_cv_nm_interface+set}" = set; then : else lt_cv_nm_interface="BSD nm" echo "int some_variable = 0;" > conftest.$ac_ext - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:5131: $ac_compile\"" >&5) + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:5158: $ac_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$ac_compile" 2>conftest.err) cat conftest.err >&5 - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:5134: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&5) + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:5161: $NM \\\"conftest.$ac_objext\\\"\"" >&5) (eval "$NM \"conftest.$ac_objext\"" 2>conftest.err > conftest.out) cat conftest.err >&5 - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:5137: output\"" >&5) + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:5164: output\"" >&5) cat conftest.out >&5 if $GREP 'External.*some_variable' conftest.out > /dev/null; then lt_cv_nm_interface="MS dumpbin" @@ -6326,7 +6353,7 @@ ia64-*-hpux*) ;; *-*-irix6*) # Find out which ABI we are using. - echo '#line 6329 "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext + echo '#line 6356 "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext if { { eval echo "\"\$as_me\":${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \"$ac_compile\""; } >&5 (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5 ac_status=$? @@ -7713,11 +7740,11 @@ else -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7716: $lt_compile\"" >&5) + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:7743: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:7720: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:7747: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. @@ -8052,11 +8079,11 @@ else -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:8055: $lt_compile\"" >&5) + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:8082: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:8059: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8086: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s "$ac_outfile"; then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized # So say no if there are warnings other than the usual output. @@ -8157,11 +8184,11 @@ else -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:8160: $lt_compile\"" >&5) + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:8187: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat out/conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:8164: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8191: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized @@ -8212,11 +8239,11 @@ else -e 's:.*FLAGS}\{0,1\} :&$lt_compiler_flag :; t' \ -e 's: [^ ]*conftest\.: $lt_compiler_flag&:; t' \ -e 's:$: $lt_compiler_flag:'` - (eval echo "\"\$as_me:8215: $lt_compile\"" >&5) + (eval echo "\"\$as_me:8242: $lt_compile\"" >&5) (eval "$lt_compile" 2>out/conftest.err) ac_status=$? cat out/conftest.err >&5 - echo "$as_me:8219: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 + echo "$as_me:8246: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 if (exit $ac_status) && test -s out/conftest2.$ac_objext then # The compiler can only warn and ignore the option if not recognized @@ -10579,7 +10606,7 @@ else lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 lt_status=$lt_dlunknown cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF -#line 10582 "configure" +#line 10609 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #if HAVE_DLFCN_H @@ -10675,7 +10702,7 @@ else lt_dlunknown=0; lt_dlno_uscore=1; lt_dlneed_uscore=2 lt_status=$lt_dlunknown cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF -#line 10678 "configure" +#line 10705 "configure" #include "confdefs.h" #if HAVE_DLFCN_H @@ -12047,8 +12074,8 @@ cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their # values after options handling. ac_log=" -This file was extended by libpng $as_me 1.0.51rc01, which was -generated by GNU Autoconf 2.64. Invocation command line was +This file was extended by libpng $as_me 1.0.51, which was +generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65. Invocation command line was CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS @@ -12088,6 +12115,7 @@ Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]... -h, --help print this help, then exit -V, --version print version number and configuration settings, then exit + --config print configuration, then exit -q, --quiet, --silent do not print progress messages -d, --debug don't remove temporary files @@ -12110,10 +12138,11 @@ Report bugs to ." _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 +ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`" ac_cs_version="\\ -libpng config.status 1.0.51rc01 -configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.64, - with options \\"`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`\\" +libpng config.status 1.0.51 +configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.65, + with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\" Copyright (C) 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation @@ -12151,6 +12180,8 @@ do ac_cs_recheck=: ;; --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;; + --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c ) + $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;; --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d ) debug=: ;; --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) @@ -12597,7 +12628,7 @@ s/'"$ac_delim"'$// t delim :nl h -s/\(.\{148\}\).*/\1/ +s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ t more1 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/ p @@ -12611,7 +12642,7 @@ s/.\{148\}// t nl :delim h -s/\(.\{148\}\).*/\1/ +s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ t more2 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/ p diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac index 57fc84f16..9cc06c0a6 100644 --- a/configure.ac +++ b/configure.ac @@ -18,12 +18,12 @@ AC_PREREQ(2.59) dnl Version number stuff here: -AC_INIT([libpng], [1.0.51rc01], [png-mng-implement@lists.sourceforge.net]) +AC_INIT([libpng], [1.0.51], [png-mng-implement@lists.sourceforge.net]) AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE dnl stop configure from automagically running automake AM_MAINTAINER_MODE -PNGLIB_VERSION=1.0.51rc01 +PNGLIB_VERSION=1.0.51 PNGLIB_MAJOR=1 PNGLIB_MINOR=0 PNGLIB_RELEASE=51 diff --git a/libpng-1.0.51.txt b/libpng-1.0.51.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de18de4fc --- /dev/null +++ b/libpng-1.0.51.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3125 @@ +libpng.txt - A description on how to use and modify libpng + + libpng version 1.0.51 - December 3, 2009 + Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson + + Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson + + This document is released under the libpng license. + For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer + and license in png.h + + Based on: + + libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.0.51 - December 3, 2009 + Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson + Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson + + libpng 1.0 beta 6 version 0.96 May 28, 1997 + Updated and distributed by Andreas Dilger + Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger + + libpng 1.0 beta 2 - version 0.88 January 26, 1996 + For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright + notice in png.h. Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric + Schalnat, Group 42, Inc. + + Updated/rewritten per request in the libpng FAQ + Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Frank J. T. Wojcik + December 18, 1995 & January 20, 1996 + +I. Introduction + +This file describes how to use and modify the PNG reference library +(known as libpng) for your own use. There are five sections to this +file: introduction, structures, reading, writing, and modification and +configuration notes for various special platforms. In addition to this +file, example.c is a good starting point for using the library, as +it is heavily commented and should include everything most people +will need. We assume that libpng is already installed; see the +INSTALL file for instructions on how to install libpng. + +For examples of libpng usage, see the files "example.c", "pngtest.c", +and the files in the "contrib" directory, all of which are included in +the libpng distribution. + +Libpng was written as a companion to the PNG specification, as a way +of reducing the amount of time and effort it takes to support the PNG +file format in application programs. + +The PNG specification (second edition), November 2003, is available as +a W3C Recommendation and as an ISO Standard (ISO/IEC 15948:2003 (E)) at +. It is technically equivalent +to the PNG specification (second edition) but has some additional material. + +The PNG-1.0 specification is available +as RFC 2083 and as a +W3C Recommendation . + +Some additional chunks are described in the special-purpose public chunks +documents at . + +Other information +about PNG, and the latest version of libpng, can be found at the PNG home +page, . + +Most users will not have to modify the library significantly; advanced +users may want to modify it more. All attempts were made to make it as +complete as possible, while keeping the code easy to understand. +Currently, this library only supports C. Support for other languages +is being considered. + +Libpng has been designed to handle multiple sessions at one time, +to be easily modifiable, to be portable to the vast majority of +machines (ANSI, K&R, 16-, 32-, and 64-bit) available, and to be easy +to use. The ultimate goal of libpng is to promote the acceptance of +the PNG file format in whatever way possible. While there is still +work to be done (see the TODO file), libpng should cover the +majority of the needs of its users. + +Libpng uses zlib for its compression and decompression of PNG files. +Further information about zlib, and the latest version of zlib, can +be found at the zlib home page, . +The zlib compression utility is a general purpose utility that is +useful for more than PNG files, and can be used without libpng. +See the documentation delivered with zlib for more details. +You can usually find the source files for the zlib utility wherever you +find the libpng source files. + +Libpng is thread safe, provided the threads are using different +instances of the structures. Each thread should have its own +png_struct and png_info instances, and thus its own image. +Libpng does not protect itself against two threads using the +same instance of a structure. + +II. Structures + +There are two main structures that are important to libpng, png_struct +and png_info. The first, png_struct, is an internal structure that +will not, for the most part, be used by a user except as the first +variable passed to every libpng function call. + +The png_info structure is designed to provide information about the +PNG file. At one time, the fields of png_info were intended to be +directly accessible to the user. However, this tended to cause problems +with applications using dynamically loaded libraries, and as a result +a set of interface functions for png_info (the png_get_*() and png_set_*() +functions) was developed. The fields of png_info are still available for +older applications, but it is suggested that applications use the new +interfaces if at all possible. + +Applications that do make direct access to the members of png_struct (except +for png_ptr->jmpbuf) must be recompiled whenever the library is updated, +and applications that make direct access to the members of png_info must +be recompiled if they were compiled or loaded with libpng version 1.0.6, +in which the members were in a different order. In version 1.0.7, the +members of the png_info structure reverted to the old order, as they were +in versions 0.97c through 1.0.5. Starting with version 2.0.0, both +structures are going to be hidden, and the contents of the structures will +only be accessible through the png_get/png_set functions. + +The png.h header file is an invaluable reference for programming with libpng. +And while I'm on the topic, make sure you include the libpng header file: + +#include + +III. Reading + +We'll now walk you through the possible functions to call when reading +in a PNG file sequentially, briefly explaining the syntax and purpose +of each one. See example.c and png.h for more detail. While +progressive reading is covered in the next section, you will still +need some of the functions discussed in this section to read a PNG +file. + +Setup + +You will want to do the I/O initialization(*) before you get into libpng, +so if it doesn't work, you don't have much to undo. Of course, you +will also want to insure that you are, in fact, dealing with a PNG +file. Libpng provides a simple check to see if a file is a PNG file. +To use it, pass in the first 1 to 8 bytes of the file to the function +png_sig_cmp(), and it will return 0 (false) if the bytes match the +corresponding bytes of the PNG signature, or nonzero (true) otherwise. +Of course, the more bytes you pass in, the greater the accuracy of the +prediction. + +If you are intending to keep the file pointer open for use in libpng, +you must ensure you don't read more than 8 bytes from the beginning +of the file, and you also have to make a call to png_set_sig_bytes_read() +with the number of bytes you read from the beginning. Libpng will +then only check the bytes (if any) that your program didn't read. + +(*): If you are not using the standard I/O functions, you will need +to replace them with custom functions. See the discussion under +Customizing libpng. + + + FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "rb"); + if (!fp) + { + return (ERROR); + } + fread(header, 1, number, fp); + is_png = !png_sig_cmp(header, 0, number); + if (!is_png) + { + return (NOT_PNG); + } + + +Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized. In +order to ensure that the size of these structures is correct even with a +dynamically linked libpng, there are functions to initialize and +allocate the structures. We also pass the library version, optional +pointers to error handling functions, and a pointer to a data struct for +use by the error functions, if necessary (the pointer and functions can +be NULL if the default error handlers are to be used). See the section +on Changes to Libpng below regarding the old initialization functions. +The structure allocation functions quietly return NULL if they fail to +create the structure, so your application should check for that. + + png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct + (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, + user_error_fn, user_warning_fn); + if (!png_ptr) + return (ERROR); + + png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); + if (!info_ptr) + { + png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, + (png_infopp)NULL, (png_infopp)NULL); + return (ERROR); + } + + png_infop end_info = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); + if (!end_info) + { + png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, + (png_infopp)NULL); + return (ERROR); + } + +If you want to use your own memory allocation routines, +define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED and use +png_create_read_struct_2() instead of png_create_read_struct(): + + png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct_2 + (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, + user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp) + user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn); + +The error handling routines passed to png_create_read_struct() +and the memory alloc/free routines passed to png_create_struct_2() +are only necessary if you are not using the libpng supplied error +handling and memory alloc/free functions. + +When libpng encounters an error, it expects to longjmp back +to your routine. Therefore, you will need to call setjmp and pass +your png_jmpbuf(png_ptr). If you read the file from different +routines, you will need to update the jmpbuf field every time you enter +a new routine that will call a png_*() function. + +See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp for your compiler for more +information on setjmp/longjmp. See the discussion on libpng error +handling in the Customizing Libpng section below for more information +on the libpng error handling. If an error occurs, and libpng longjmp's +back to your setjmp, you will want to call png_destroy_read_struct() to +free any memory. + + if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) + { + png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, + &end_info); + fclose(fp); + return (ERROR); + } + +If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues, +you can compile libpng with PNG_SETJMP_NOT_SUPPORTED, in which case +errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort(). + +Now you need to set up the input code. The default for libpng is to +use the C function fread(). If you use this, you will need to pass a +valid FILE * in the function png_init_io(). Be sure that the file is +opened in binary mode. If you wish to handle reading data in another +way, you need not call the png_init_io() function, but you must then +implement the libpng I/O methods discussed in the Customizing Libpng +section below. + + png_init_io(png_ptr, fp); + +If you had previously opened the file and read any of the signature from +the beginning in order to see if this was a PNG file, you need to let +libpng know that there are some bytes missing from the start of the file. + + png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, number); + +Setting up callback code + +You can set up a callback function to handle any unknown chunks in the +input stream. You must supply the function + + read_chunk_callback(png_ptr ptr, + png_unknown_chunkp chunk); + { + /* The unknown chunk structure contains your + chunk data, along with similar data for any other + unknown chunks: */ + + png_byte name[5]; + png_byte *data; + png_size_t size; + + /* Note that libpng has already taken care of + the CRC handling */ + + /* put your code here. Search for your chunk in the + unknown chunk structure, process it, and return one + of the following: */ + + return (-n); /* chunk had an error */ + return (0); /* did not recognize */ + return (n); /* success */ + } + +(You can give your function another name that you like instead of +"read_chunk_callback") + +To inform libpng about your function, use + + png_set_read_user_chunk_fn(png_ptr, user_chunk_ptr, + read_chunk_callback); + +This names not only the callback function, but also a user pointer that +you can retrieve with + + png_get_user_chunk_ptr(png_ptr); + +If you call the png_set_read_user_chunk_fn() function, then all unknown +chunks will be saved when read, in case your callback function will need +one or more of them. This behavior can be changed with the +png_set_keep_unknown_chunks() function, described below. + +At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be +called after each row has been read, which you can use to control +a progress meter or the like. It's demonstrated in pngtest.c. +You must supply a function + + void read_row_callback(png_ptr ptr, png_uint_32 row, + int pass); + { + /* put your code here */ + } + +(You can give it another name that you like instead of "read_row_callback") + +To inform libpng about your function, use + + png_set_read_status_fn(png_ptr, read_row_callback); + +Unknown-chunk handling + +Now you get to set the way the library processes unknown chunks in the +input PNG stream. Both known and unknown chunks will be read. Normal +behavior is that known chunks will be parsed into information in +various info_ptr members while unknown chunks will be discarded. This +behavior can be wasteful if your application will never use some known +chunk types. To change this, you can call: + + png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, keep, + chunk_list, num_chunks); + keep - 0: default unknown chunk handling + 1: ignore; do not keep + 2: keep only if safe-to-copy + 3: keep even if unsafe-to-copy + You can use these definitions: + PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT 0 + PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER 1 + PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE 2 + PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS 3 + chunk_list - list of chunks affected (a byte string, + five bytes per chunk, NULL or '\0' if + num_chunks is 0) + num_chunks - number of chunks affected; if 0, all + unknown chunks are affected. If nonzero, + only the chunks in the list are affected + +Unknown chunks declared in this way will be saved as raw data onto a +list of png_unknown_chunk structures. If a chunk that is normally +known to libpng is named in the list, it will be handled as unknown, +according to the "keep" directive. If a chunk is named in successive +instances of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(), the final instance will +take precedence. The IHDR and IEND chunks should not be named in +chunk_list; if they are, libpng will process them normally anyway. + +Here is an example of the usage of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(), +where the private "vpAg" chunk will later be processed by a user chunk +callback function: + + png_byte vpAg[5]={118, 112, 65, 103, (png_byte) '\0'}; + + #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED) + png_byte unused_chunks[]= + { + 104, 73, 83, 84, (png_byte) '\0', /* hIST */ + 105, 84, 88, 116, (png_byte) '\0', /* iTXt */ + 112, 67, 65, 76, (png_byte) '\0', /* pCAL */ + 115, 67, 65, 76, (png_byte) '\0', /* sCAL */ + 115, 80, 76, 84, (png_byte) '\0', /* sPLT */ + 116, 73, 77, 69, (png_byte) '\0', /* tIME */ + }; + #endif + + ... + + #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED) + /* ignore all unknown chunks: */ + png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 1, NULL, 0); + /* except for vpAg: */ + png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 2, vpAg, 1); + /* also ignore unused known chunks: */ + png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 1, unused_chunks, + (int)sizeof(unused_chunks)/5); + #endif + +User limits + +The PNG specification allows the width and height of an image to be as +large as 2^31-1 (0x7fffffff), or about 2.147 billion rows and columns. +Since very few applications really need to process such large images, +we have imposed an arbitrary 1-million limit on rows and columns. +Larger images will be rejected immediately with a png_error() call. If +you wish to override this limit, you can use + + png_set_user_limits(png_ptr, width_max, height_max); + +to set your own limits, or use width_max = height_max = 0x7fffffffL +to allow all valid dimensions (libpng may reject some very large images +anyway because of potential buffer overflow conditions). + +You should put this statement after you create the PNG structure and +before calling png_read_info(), png_read_png(), or png_process_data(). +If you need to retrieve the limits that are being applied, use + + width_max = png_get_user_width_max(png_ptr); + height_max = png_get_user_height_max(png_ptr); + +The PNG specification sets no limit on the number of ancillary chunks +allowed in a PNG datastream. You can impose a limit on the total number +of sPLT, tEXt, iTXt, zTXt, and unknown chunks that will be stored, with + + png_set_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_cache_max); + +where 0x7fffffffL means unlimited. You can retrieve this limit with + + chunk_cache_max = png_get_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr); + +This limit also applies to the number of buffers that can be allocated +by png_decompress_chunk() while decompressing iTXt, zTXt, and iCCP chunks. + +The high-level read interface + +At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level +read interface, or through a sequence of low-level read operations. +You can use the high-level interface if (a) you are willing to read +the entire image into memory, and (b) the input transformations +you want to do are limited to the following set: + + PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY No transformation + PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 Strip 16-bit samples to + 8 bits + PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_ALPHA Discard the alpha channel + PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING Expand 1, 2 and 4-bit + samples to bytes + PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP Change order of packed + pixels to LSB first + PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND Perform set_expand() + PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO Invert monochrome images + PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT Normalize pixels to the + sBIT depth + PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA + to BGRA + PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA + to AG + PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA Change alpha from opacity + to transparency + PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN Byte-swap 16-bit samples + PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB Expand grayscale samples + to RGB (or GA to RGBA) + +(This excludes setting a background color, doing gamma transformation, +dithering, and setting filler.) If this is the case, simply do this: + + png_read_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL) + +where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some +set of transformation flags. This call is equivalent to png_read_info(), +followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask, +then png_read_image(), and finally png_read_end(). + +(The final parameter of this call is not yet used. Someday it might point +to transformation parameters required by some future input transform.) + +You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions +when you use png_read_png(). + +After you have called png_read_png(), you can retrieve the image data +with + + row_pointers = png_get_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr); + +where row_pointers is an array of pointers to the pixel data for each row: + + png_bytep row_pointers[height]; + +If you know your image size and pixel size ahead of time, you can allocate +row_pointers prior to calling png_read_png() with + + if (height > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/png_sizeof(png_byte)) + png_error (png_ptr, + "Image is too tall to process in memory"); + if (width > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/pixel_size) + png_error (png_ptr, + "Image is too wide to process in memory"); + row_pointers = png_malloc(png_ptr, + height*png_sizeof(png_bytep)); + for (int i=0; i) and +png_get_(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...) functions return non-zero if the +data has been read, or zero if it is missing. The parameters to the +png_get_ are set directly if they are simple data types, or a +pointer into the info_ptr is returned for any complex types. + + png_get_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette, + &num_palette); + palette - the palette for the file + (array of png_color) + num_palette - number of entries in the palette + + png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &gamma); + gamma - the gamma the file is written + at (PNG_INFO_gAMA) + + png_get_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, &srgb_intent); + srgb_intent - the rendering intent (PNG_INFO_sRGB) + The presence of the sRGB chunk + means that the pixel data is in the + sRGB color space. This chunk also + implies specific values of gAMA and + cHRM. + + png_get_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, &name, + &compression_type, &profile, &proflen); + name - The profile name. + compression - The compression type; always + PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0. + You may give NULL to this argument to + ignore it. + profile - International Color Consortium color + profile data. May contain NULs. + proflen - length of profile data in bytes. + + png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit); + sig_bit - the number of significant bits for + (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray, + red, green, and blue channels, + whichever are appropriate for the + given color type (png_color_16) + + png_get_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, &trans, &num_trans, + &trans_values); + trans - array of transparent + entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS) + trans_values - graylevel or color sample values of + the single transparent color for + non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS) + num_trans - number of transparent entries + (PNG_INFO_tRNS) + + png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, &hist); + (PNG_INFO_hIST) + hist - histogram of palette (array of + png_uint_16) + + png_get_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, &mod_time); + mod_time - time image was last modified + (PNG_VALID_tIME) + + png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &background); + background - background color (PNG_VALID_bKGD) + valid 16-bit red, green and blue + values, regardless of color_type + + num_comments = png_get_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, + &text_ptr, &num_text); + num_comments - number of comments + text_ptr - array of png_text holding image + comments + text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used + on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE + PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt + PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE + PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt + text_ptr[i].key - keyword for comment. Must contain + 1-79 characters. + text_ptr[i].text - text comments for current + keyword. Can be empty. + text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string, + after decompression, 0 for iTXt + text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string, + after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt + text_ptr[i].lang - language of comment (empty + string for unknown). + text_ptr[i].lang_key - keyword in UTF-8 + (empty string for unknown). + Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key + members of the text_ptr structure only exist + when the library is built with iTXt chunk support. + + num_text - number of comments (same as + num_comments; you can put NULL here + to avoid the duplication) + Note while png_set_text() will accept text, language, + and translated keywords that can be NULL pointers, the + structure returned by png_get_text will always contain + regular zero-terminated C strings. They might be + empty strings but they will never be NULL pointers. + + num_spalettes = png_get_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr, + &palette_ptr); + palette_ptr - array of palette structures holding + contents of one or more sPLT chunks + read. + num_spalettes - number of sPLT chunks read. + + png_get_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &offset_x, &offset_y, + &unit_type); + offset_x - positive offset from the left edge + of the screen + offset_y - positive offset from the top edge + of the screen + unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER + + png_get_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &res_x, &res_y, + &unit_type); + res_x - pixels/unit physical resolution in + x direction + res_y - pixels/unit physical resolution in + x direction + unit_type - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN, + PNG_RESOLUTION_METER + + png_get_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width, + &height) + unit - physical scale units (an integer) + width - width of a pixel in physical scale units + height - height of a pixel in physical scale units + (width and height are doubles) + + png_get_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width, + &height) + unit - physical scale units (an integer) + width - width of a pixel in physical scale units + height - height of a pixel in physical scale units + (width and height are strings like "2.54") + + num_unknown_chunks = png_get_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, + info_ptr, &unknowns) + unknowns - array of png_unknown_chunk + structures holding unknown chunks + unknowns[i].name - name of unknown chunk + unknowns[i].data - data of unknown chunk + unknowns[i].size - size of unknown chunk's data + unknowns[i].location - position of chunk in file + + The value of "i" corresponds to the order in which the + chunks were read from the PNG file or inserted with the + png_set_unknown_chunks() function. + +The data from the pHYs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient +forms: + + res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr, + info_ptr) + res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr, + info_ptr) + res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr, + info_ptr) + res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr, + info_ptr) + res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr, + info_ptr) + res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr, + info_ptr) + aspect_ratio = png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio(png_ptr, + info_ptr) + + (Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown"] if + the data is not present or if res_x is 0; + res_x_and_y is 0 if res_x != res_y) + +The data from the oFFs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient +forms: + + x_offset = png_get_x_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr); + y_offset = png_get_y_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr); + x_offset = png_get_x_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr); + y_offset = png_get_y_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr); + + (Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown" if both + x and y are 0] if the data is not present or if the + chunk is present but the unit is the pixel) + +For more information, see the png_info definition in png.h and the +PNG specification for chunk contents. Be careful with trusting +rowbytes, as some of the transformations could increase the space +needed to hold a row (expand, filler, gray_to_rgb, etc.). +See png_read_update_info(), below. + +A quick word about text_ptr and num_text. PNG stores comments in +keyword/text pairs, one pair per chunk, with no limit on the number +of text chunks, and a 2^31 byte limit on their size. While there are +suggested keywords, there is no requirement to restrict the use to these +strings. It is strongly suggested that keywords and text be sensible +to humans (that's the point), so don't use abbreviations. Non-printing +symbols are not allowed. See the PNG specification for more details. +There is also no requirement to have text after the keyword. + +Keywords should be limited to 79 Latin-1 characters without leading or +trailing spaces, but non-consecutive spaces are allowed within the +keyword. It is possible to have the same keyword any number of times. +The text_ptr is an array of png_text structures, each holding a +pointer to a language string, a pointer to a keyword and a pointer to +a text string. The text string, language code, and translated +keyword may be empty or NULL pointers. The keyword/text +pairs are put into the array in the order that they are received. +However, some or all of the text chunks may be after the image, so, to +make sure you have read all the text chunks, don't mess with these +until after you read the stuff after the image. This will be +mentioned again below in the discussion that goes with png_read_end(). + +Input transformations + +After you've read the header information, you can set up the library +to handle any special transformations of the image data. The various +ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they +should occur. This is important, as some of these change the color +type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on +certain color types and bit depths. Even though each transformation +checks to see if it has data that it can do something with, you should +make sure to only enable a transformation if it will be valid for the +data. For example, don't swap red and blue on grayscale data. + +The colors used for the background and transparency values should be +supplied in the same format/depth as the current image data. They +are stored in the same format/depth as the image data in a bKGD or tRNS +chunk, so this is what libpng expects for this data. The colors are +transformed to keep in sync with the image data when an application +calls the png_read_update_info() routine (see below). + +Data will be decoded into the supplied row buffers packed into bytes +unless the library has been told to transform it into another format. +For example, 4 bit/pixel paletted or grayscale data will be returned +2 pixels/byte with the leftmost pixel in the high-order bits of the +byte, unless png_set_packing() is called. 8-bit RGB data will be stored +in RGB RGB RGB format unless png_set_filler() +is called to insert filler bytes, either before or after each RGB triplet. +16-bit RGB data will be returned RRGGBB RRGGBB, with the most significant +byte of the color value first, unless png_set_strip_16() is called to +transform it to regular RGB RGB triplets, or png_set_filler() or +png_set_add alpha() is called to insert filler bytes, either before or +after each RRGGBB triplet. Similarly, 8-bit or 16-bit grayscale data can +be modified with +png_set_filler() or png_set_strip_16(). + +The following code transforms grayscale images of less than 8 to 8 bits, +changes paletted images to RGB, and adds a full alpha channel if there is +transparency information in a tRNS chunk. This is most useful on +grayscale images with bit depths of 2 or 4 or if there is a multiple-image +viewing application that wishes to treat all images in the same way. + + if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) + png_set_palette_to_rgb(png_ptr); + + if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY && + bit_depth < 8) png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8(png_ptr); + + if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, + PNG_INFO_tRNS)) png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(png_ptr); + +These three functions are actually aliases for png_set_expand(), added +in libpng version 1.0.4, with the function names expanded to improve code +readability. In some future version they may actually do different +things. + +As of libpng version 1.2.9, png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was +added. It expands the sample depth without changing tRNS to alpha. + +As of libpng version 1.0.51, not all possible expansions are supported. + +In the following table, the 01 means grayscale with depth<8, 31 means +indexed with depth<8, other numerals represent the color type, "T" means +the tRNS chunk is present, A means an alpha channel is present, and O +means tRNS or alpha is present but all pixels in the image are opaque. + + FROM 01 31 0 0T 0O 2 2T 2O 3 3T 3O 4A 4O 6A 6O + TO + 01 - + 31 - + 0 1 - + 0T - + 0O - + 2 GX - + 2T - + 2O - + 3 1 - + 3T - + 3O - + 4A T - + 4O - + 6A GX TX TX - + 6O GX TX - + +Within the matrix, + "-" means the transformation is not supported. + "X" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_expand(). + "1" means the transformation is obtained by + png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8 + "G" means the transformation is obtained by + png_set_gray_to_rgb(). + "P" means the transformation is obtained by + png_set_expand_palette_to_rgb(). + "T" means the transformation is obtained by + png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(). + +PNG can have files with 16 bits per channel. If you only can handle +8 bits per channel, this will strip the pixels down to 8 bit. + + if (bit_depth == 16) + png_set_strip_16(png_ptr); + +If, for some reason, you don't need the alpha channel on an image, +and you want to remove it rather than combining it with the background +(but the image author certainly had in mind that you *would* combine +it with the background, so that's what you should probably do): + + if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) + png_set_strip_alpha(png_ptr); + +In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image +is the level of opacity. If you need the alpha channel in an image to +be the level of transparency instead of opacity, you can invert the +alpha channel (or the tRNS chunk data) after it's read, so that 0 is +fully opaque and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535 (in 16-bit +images) is fully transparent, with + + png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr); + +The PNG format only supports pixels with postmultiplied alpha. +If you want to replace the pixels, after reading them, with pixels +that have premultiplied color samples, you can do this with + + png_set_premultiply_alpha(png_ptr); + +If you do this, any input with a tRNS chunk will be expanded to +have an alpha channel. + +PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as +they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit +files. This code expands to 1 pixel per byte without changing the +values of the pixels: + + if (bit_depth < 8) + png_set_packing(png_ptr); + +PNG files have possible bit depths of 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16. All pixels +stored in a PNG image have been "scaled" or "shifted" up to the next +higher possible bit depth (e.g. from 5 bits/sample in the range [0,31] +to 8 bits/sample in the range [0, 255]). However, it is also possible +to convert the PNG pixel data back to the original bit depth of the +image. This call reduces the pixels back down to the original bit depth: + + png_color_8p sig_bit; + + if (png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit)) + png_set_shift(png_ptr, sig_bit); + +PNG files store 3-color pixels in red, green, blue order. This code +changes the storage of the pixels to blue, green, red: + + if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || + color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA) + png_set_bgr(png_ptr); + +PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code expands them +into 4 or 8 bytes for windowing systems that need them in this format: + + if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB) + png_set_filler(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE); + +where "filler" is the 8 or 16-bit number to fill with, and the location is +either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether +you want the filler before the RGB or after. This transformation +does not affect images that already have full alpha channels. To add an +opaque alpha channel, use filler=0xff or 0xffff and PNG_FILLER_AFTER which +will generate RGBA pixels. + + color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) +If you are reading an image with an alpha channel, and you need the +data as ARGB instead of the normal PNG format RGBA: + + if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA) + png_set_swap_alpha(png_ptr); + +For some uses, you may want a grayscale image to be represented as +RGB. This code will do that conversion: + + if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY || + color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA) + png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr); + +Conversely, you can convert an RGB or RGBA image to grayscale or grayscale +with alpha. + + if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || + color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA) + png_set_rgb_to_gray_fixed(png_ptr, error_action, + int red_weight, int green_weight); + + error_action = 1: silently do the conversion + error_action = 2: issue a warning if the original + image has any pixel where + red != green or red != blue + error_action = 3: issue an error and abort the + conversion if the original + image has any pixel where + red != green or red != blue + + red_weight: weight of red component times 100000 + green_weight: weight of green component times 100000 + If either weight is negative, default + weights (21268, 71514) are used. + +If you have set error_action = 1 or 2, you can +later check whether the image really was gray, after processing +the image rows, with the png_get_rgb_to_gray_status(png_ptr) function. +It will return a png_byte that is zero if the image was gray or +1 if there were any non-gray pixels. bKGD and sBIT data +will be silently converted to grayscale, using the green channel +data, regardless of the error_action setting. + +With red_weight+green_weight<=100000, +the normalized graylevel is computed: + + int rw = red_weight * 65536; + int gw = green_weight * 65536; + int bw = 65536 - (rw + gw); + gray = (rw*red + gw*green + bw*blue)/65536; + +The default values approximate those recommended in the Charles +Poynton's Color FAQ, +Copyright (c) 1998-01-04 Charles Poynton + + Y = 0.212671 * R + 0.715160 * G + 0.072169 * B + +Libpng approximates this with + + Y = 0.21268 * R + 0.7151 * G + 0.07217 * B + +which can be expressed with integers as + + Y = (6969 * R + 23434 * G + 2365 * B)/32768 + +The calculation is done in a linear colorspace, if the image gamma +is known. + +If you have a grayscale and you are using png_set_expand_depth(), +png_set_expand(), or png_set_gray_to_rgb to change to truecolor or to +a higher bit-depth, you must either supply the background color as a gray +value at the original file bit-depth (need_expand = 1) or else supply the +background color as an RGB triplet at the final, expanded bit depth +(need_expand = 0). Similarly, if you are reading a paletted image, you +must either supply the background color as a palette index (need_expand = 1) +or as an RGB triplet that may or may not be in the palette (need_expand = 0). + + png_color_16 my_background; + png_color_16p image_background; + + if (png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &image_background)) + png_set_background(png_ptr, image_background, + PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE, 1, 1.0); + else + png_set_background(png_ptr, &my_background, + PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0, 1.0); + +The png_set_background() function tells libpng to composite images +with alpha or simple transparency against the supplied background +color. If the PNG file contains a bKGD chunk (PNG_INFO_bKGD valid), +you may use this color, or supply another color more suitable for +the current display (e.g., the background color from a web page). You +need to tell libpng whether the color is in the gamma space of the +display (PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN for colors you supply), the file +(PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE for colors from the bKGD chunk), or one +that is neither of these gammas (PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNIQUE - I don't +know why anyone would use this, but it's here). + +To properly display PNG images on any kind of system, the application needs +to know what the display gamma is. Ideally, the user will know this, and +the application will allow them to set it. One method of allowing the user +to set the display gamma separately for each system is to check for a +SCREEN_GAMMA or DISPLAY_GAMMA environment variable, which will hopefully be +correctly set. + +Note that display_gamma is the overall gamma correction required to produce +pleasing results, which depends on the lighting conditions in the surrounding +environment. In a dim or brightly lit room, no compensation other than +the physical gamma exponent of the monitor is needed, while in a dark room +a slightly smaller exponent is better. + + double gamma, screen_gamma; + + if (/* We have a user-defined screen + gamma value */) + { + screen_gamma = user_defined_screen_gamma; + } + /* One way that applications can share the same + screen gamma value */ + else if ((gamma_str = getenv("SCREEN_GAMMA")) + != NULL) + { + screen_gamma = (double)atof(gamma_str); + } + /* If we don't have another value */ + else + { + screen_gamma = 2.2; /* A good guess for a + PC monitor in a bright office or a dim room */ + screen_gamma = 2.0; /* A good guess for a + PC monitor in a dark room */ + screen_gamma = 1.7 or 1.0; /* A good + guess for Mac systems */ + } + +The png_set_gamma() function handles gamma transformations of the data. +Pass both the file gamma and the current screen_gamma. If the file does +not have a gamma value, you can pass one anyway if you have an idea what +it is (usually 0.45455 is a good guess for GIF images on PCs). Note +that file gammas are inverted from screen gammas. See the discussions +on gamma in the PNG specification for an excellent description of what +gamma is, and why all applications should support it. It is strongly +recommended that PNG viewers support gamma correction. + + if (png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &gamma)) + png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, gamma); + else + png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 0.45455); + +If you need to reduce an RGB file to a paletted file, or if a paletted +file has more entries then will fit on your screen, png_set_dither() +will do that. Note that this is a simple match dither that merely +finds the closest color available. This should work fairly well with +optimized palettes, and fairly badly with linear color cubes. If you +pass a palette that is larger then maximum_colors, the file will +reduce the number of colors in the palette so it will fit into +maximum_colors. If there is a histogram, it will use it to make +more intelligent choices when reducing the palette. If there is no +histogram, it may not do as good a job. + + if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) + { + if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, + PNG_INFO_PLTE)) + { + png_uint_16p histogram = NULL; + + png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, + &histogram); + png_set_dither(png_ptr, palette, num_palette, + max_screen_colors, histogram, 1); + } + else + { + png_color std_color_cube[MAX_SCREEN_COLORS] = + { ... colors ... }; + + png_set_dither(png_ptr, std_color_cube, + MAX_SCREEN_COLORS, MAX_SCREEN_COLORS, + NULL,0); + } + } + +PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being one. +The following code will reverse this (make black be one and white be +zero): + + if (bit_depth == 1 && color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) + png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr); + +This function can also be used to invert grayscale and gray-alpha images: + + if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY || + color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA) + png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr); + +PNG files store 16 bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian, +ie. most significant bits first). This code changes the storage to the +other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits first, the +way PCs store them): + + if (bit_depth == 16) + png_set_swap(png_ptr); + +If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you +need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use: + + if (bit_depth < 8) + png_set_packswap(png_ptr); + +Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of +the existing ones meets your needs. This is done by setting a callback +with + + png_set_read_user_transform_fn(png_ptr, + read_transform_fn); + +You must supply the function + + void read_transform_fn(png_ptr ptr, row_info_ptr + row_info, png_bytep data) + +See pngtest.c for a working example. Your function will be called +after all of the other transformations have been processed. + +You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your +callback function, and you can inform libpng that your transform +function will change the number of channels or bit depth with the +function + + png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr, + user_depth, user_channels); + +The user's application, not libpng, is responsible for allocating and +freeing any memory required for the user structure. + +You can retrieve the pointer via the function +png_get_user_transform_ptr(). For example: + + voidp read_user_transform_ptr = + png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr); + +The last thing to handle is interlacing; this is covered in detail below, +but you must call the function here if you want libpng to handle expansion +of the interlaced image. + + number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr); + +After setting the transformations, libpng can update your png_info +structure to reflect any transformations you've requested with this +call. This is most useful to update the info structure's rowbytes +field so you can use it to allocate your image memory. This function +will also update your palette with the correct screen_gamma and +background if these have been given with the calls above. + + png_read_update_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); + +After you call png_read_update_info(), you can allocate any +memory you need to hold the image. The row data is simply +raw byte data for all forms of images. As the actual allocation +varies among applications, no example will be given. If you +are allocating one large chunk, you will need to build an +array of pointers to each row, as it will be needed for some +of the functions below. + +Reading image data + +After you've allocated memory, you can read the image data. +The simplest way to do this is in one function call. If you are +allocating enough memory to hold the whole image, you can just +call png_read_image() and libpng will read in all the image data +and put it in the memory area supplied. You will need to pass in +an array of pointers to each row. + +This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't need +to call png_set_interlace_handling() or call this function multiple +times, or any of that other stuff necessary with png_read_rows(). + + png_read_image(png_ptr, row_pointers); + +where row_pointers is: + + png_bytep row_pointers[height]; + +You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels. + +If you don't want to read in the whole image at once, you can +use png_read_rows() instead. If there is no interlacing (check +interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_NONE), this is simple: + + png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL, + number_of_rows); + +where row_pointers is the same as in the png_read_image() call. + +If you are doing this just one row at a time, you can do this with +a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers: + + png_bytep row_pointer = row; + png_read_row(png_ptr, row_pointer, NULL); + +If the file is interlaced (interlace_type != 0 in the IHDR chunk), things +get somewhat harder. The only current (PNG Specification version 1.2) +interlacing type for PNG is (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7) +is a somewhat complicated 2D interlace scheme, known as Adam7, that +breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying size, based +on an 8x8 grid. + +libpng can fill out those images or it can give them to you "as is". +If you want them filled out, there are two ways to do that. The one +mentioned in the PNG specification is to expand each pixel to cover +those pixels that have not been read yet (the "rectangle" method). +This results in a blocky image for the first pass, which gradually +smooths out as more pixels are read. The other method is the "sparkle" +method, where pixels are drawn only in their final locations, with the +rest of the image remaining whatever colors they were initialized to +before the start of the read. The first method usually looks better, +but tends to be slower, as there are more pixels to put in the rows. + +If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just call +png_read_rows() seven times to read in all seven images. Each of the +images is a valid image by itself, or they can all be combined on an +8x8 grid to form a single image (although if you intend to combine them +you would be far better off using the libpng interlace handling). + +The first pass will return an image 1/8 as wide as the entire image +(every 8th column starting in column 0) and 1/8 as high as the original +(every 8th row starting in row 0), the second will be 1/8 as wide +(starting in column 4) and 1/8 as high (also starting in row 0). The +third pass will be 1/4 as wide (every 4th pixel starting in column 0) and +1/8 as high (every 8th row starting in row 4), and the fourth pass will +be 1/4 as wide and 1/4 as high (every 4th column starting in column 2, +and every 4th row starting in row 0). The fifth pass will return an +image 1/2 as wide, and 1/4 as high (starting at column 0 and row 2), +while the sixth pass will be 1/2 as wide and 1/2 as high as the original +(starting in column 1 and row 0). The seventh and final pass will be as +wide as the original, and 1/2 as high, containing all of the odd +numbered scanlines. Phew! + +If you want libpng to expand the images, call this before calling +png_start_read_image() or png_read_update_info(): + + if (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7) + number_of_passes + = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr); + +This will return the number of passes needed. Currently, this +is seven, but may change if another interlace type is added. +This function can be called even if the file is not interlaced, +where it will return one pass. + +If you are not going to display the image after each pass, but are +going to wait until the entire image is read in, use the sparkle +effect. This effect is faster and the end result of either method +is exactly the same. If you are planning on displaying the image +after each pass, the "rectangle" effect is generally considered the +better looking one. + +If you only want the "sparkle" effect, just call png_read_rows() as +normal, with the third parameter NULL. Make sure you make pass over +the image number_of_passes times, and you don't change the data in the +rows between calls. You can change the locations of the data, just +not the data. Each pass only writes the pixels appropriate for that +pass, and assumes the data from previous passes is still valid. + + png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL, + number_of_rows); + +If you only want the first effect (the rectangles), do the same as +before except pass the row buffer in the third parameter, and leave +the second parameter NULL. + + png_read_rows(png_ptr, NULL, row_pointers, + number_of_rows); + +Finishing a sequential read + +After you are finished reading the image through the +low-level interface, you can finish reading the file. If you are +interested in comments or time, which may be stored either before or +after the image data, you should pass the separate png_info struct if +you want to keep the comments from before and after the image +separate. If you are not interested, you can pass NULL. + + png_read_end(png_ptr, end_info); + +When you are done, you can free all memory allocated by libpng like this: + + png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, + &end_info); + +It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that +point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function: + + png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq) + mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask + containing the bitwise OR of one or + more of + PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS, + PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP, + PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS, + PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT, + PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN, + or simply PNG_FREE_ALL + seq - sequence number of item to be freed + (-1 for all items) + +This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has +already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated +by the user and not by libpng, and will in those cases do nothing. +The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data +type, such as PLTE, is allowed. If "seq" is not -1, and multiple items +are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or +sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq". + +The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally +by libpng. This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data, +or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc() +or png_zalloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with + + png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask) + mask - which data elements are affected + same choices as in png_free_data() + freer - one of + PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA + PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA + PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA + +This function only affects data that has already been allocated. +You can call this function after reading the PNG data but before calling +any png_set_*() functions, to control whether the user or the png_set_*() +function is responsible for freeing any existing data that might be present, +and again after the png_set_*() functions to control whether the user +or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data. When the user assumes +responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the application must use +png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng +for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc() +or png_zalloc() to allocate it. + +If you allocated your row_pointers in a single block, as suggested above in +the description of the high level read interface, you must not transfer +responsibility for freeing it to the png_set_rows or png_read_destroy function, +because they would also try to free the individual row_pointers[i]. + +If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword +separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng, +because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with +the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key. Similarly, +if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your +application, your application must not separately free those members. + +The png_free_data() function will turn off the "valid" flag for anything +it frees. If you need to turn the flag off for a chunk that was freed by +your application instead of by libpng, you can use + + png_set_invalid(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask); + mask - identifies the chunks to be made invalid, + containing the bitwise OR of one or + more of + PNG_INFO_gAMA, PNG_INFO_sBIT, + PNG_INFO_cHRM, PNG_INFO_PLTE, + PNG_INFO_tRNS, PNG_INFO_bKGD, + PNG_INFO_hIST, PNG_INFO_pHYs, + PNG_INFO_oFFs, PNG_INFO_tIME, + PNG_INFO_pCAL, PNG_INFO_sRGB, + PNG_INFO_iCCP, PNG_INFO_sPLT, + PNG_INFO_sCAL, PNG_INFO_IDAT + +For a more compact example of reading a PNG image, see the file example.c. + +Reading PNG files progressively + +The progressive reader is slightly different then the non-progressive +reader. Instead of calling png_read_info(), png_read_rows(), and +png_read_end(), you make one call to png_process_data(), which calls +callbacks when it has the info, a row, or the end of the image. You +set up these callbacks with png_set_progressive_read_fn(). You don't +have to worry about the input/output functions of libpng, as you are +giving the library the data directly in png_process_data(). I will +assume that you have read the section on reading PNG files above, +so I will only highlight the differences (although I will show +all of the code). + +png_structp png_ptr; +png_infop info_ptr; + + /* An example code fragment of how you would + initialize the progressive reader in your + application. */ + int + initialize_png_reader() + { + png_ptr = png_create_read_struct + (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, + user_error_fn, user_warning_fn); + if (!png_ptr) + return (ERROR); + info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); + if (!info_ptr) + { + png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, (png_infopp)NULL, + (png_infopp)NULL); + return (ERROR); + } + + if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) + { + png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, + (png_infopp)NULL); + return (ERROR); + } + + /* This one's new. You can provide functions + to be called when the header info is valid, + when each row is completed, and when the image + is finished. If you aren't using all functions, + you can specify NULL parameters. Even when all + three functions are NULL, you need to call + png_set_progressive_read_fn(). You can use + any struct as the user_ptr (cast to a void pointer + for the function call), and retrieve the pointer + from inside the callbacks using the function + + png_get_progressive_ptr(png_ptr); + + which will return a void pointer, which you have + to cast appropriately. + */ + png_set_progressive_read_fn(png_ptr, (void *)user_ptr, + info_callback, row_callback, end_callback); + + return 0; + } + + /* A code fragment that you call as you receive blocks + of data */ + int + process_data(png_bytep buffer, png_uint_32 length) + { + if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) + { + png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, + (png_infopp)NULL); + return (ERROR); + } + + /* This one's new also. Simply give it a chunk + of data from the file stream (in order, of + course). On machines with segmented memory + models machines, don't give it any more than + 64K. The library seems to run fine with sizes + of 4K. Although you can give it much less if + necessary (I assume you can give it chunks of + 1 byte, I haven't tried less then 256 bytes + yet). When this function returns, you may + want to display any rows that were generated + in the row callback if you don't already do + so there. + */ + png_process_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, buffer, length); + return 0; + } + + /* This function is called (as set by + png_set_progressive_read_fn() above) when enough data + has been supplied so all of the header has been + read. + */ + void + info_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info) + { + /* Do any setup here, including setting any of + the transformations mentioned in the Reading + PNG files section. For now, you _must_ call + either png_start_read_image() or + png_read_update_info() after all the + transformations are set (even if you don't set + any). You may start getting rows before + png_process_data() returns, so this is your + last chance to prepare for that. + */ + } + + /* This function is called when each row of image + data is complete */ + void + row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep new_row, + png_uint_32 row_num, int pass) + { + /* If the image is interlaced, and you turned + on the interlace handler, this function will + be called for every row in every pass. Some + of these rows will not be changed from the + previous pass. When the row is not changed, + the new_row variable will be NULL. The rows + and passes are called in order, so you don't + really need the row_num and pass, but I'm + supplying them because it may make your life + easier. + + For the non-NULL rows of interlaced images, + you must call png_progressive_combine_row() + passing in the row and the old row. You can + call this function for NULL rows (it will just + return) and for non-interlaced images (it just + does the memcpy for you) if it will make the + code easier. Thus, you can just do this for + all cases: + */ + + png_progressive_combine_row(png_ptr, old_row, + new_row); + + /* where old_row is what was displayed for + previously for the row. Note that the first + pass (pass == 0, really) will completely cover + the old row, so the rows do not have to be + initialized. After the first pass (and only + for interlaced images), you will have to pass + the current row, and the function will combine + the old row and the new row. + */ + } + + void + end_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info) + { + /* This function is called after the whole image + has been read, including any chunks after the + image (up to and including the IEND). You + will usually have the same info chunk as you + had in the header, although some data may have + been added to the comments and time fields. + + Most people won't do much here, perhaps setting + a flag that marks the image as finished. + */ + } + + + +IV. Writing + +Much of this is very similar to reading. However, everything of +importance is repeated here, so you won't have to constantly look +back up in the reading section to understand writing. + +Setup + +You will want to do the I/O initialization before you get into libpng, +so if it doesn't work, you don't have anything to undo. If you are not +using the standard I/O functions, you will need to replace them with +custom writing functions. See the discussion under Customizing libpng. + + FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "wb"); + if (!fp) + { + return (ERROR); + } + +Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized. +As these can be both relatively large, you may not want to store these +on the stack, unless you have stack space to spare. Of course, you +will want to check if they return NULL. If you are also reading, +you won't want to name your read structure and your write structure +both "png_ptr"; you can call them anything you like, such as +"read_ptr" and "write_ptr". Look at pngtest.c, for example. + + png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct + (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, + user_error_fn, user_warning_fn); + if (!png_ptr) + return (ERROR); + + png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); + if (!info_ptr) + { + png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, + (png_infopp)NULL); + return (ERROR); + } + +If you want to use your own memory allocation routines, +define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED and use +png_create_write_struct_2() instead of png_create_write_struct(): + + png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct_2 + (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, + user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp) + user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn); + +After you have these structures, you will need to set up the +error handling. When libpng encounters an error, it expects to +longjmp() back to your routine. Therefore, you will need to call +setjmp() and pass the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr). If you +write the file from different routines, you will need to update +the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) every time you enter a new routine that will +call a png_*() function. See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp +for your compiler for more information on setjmp/longjmp. See +the discussion on libpng error handling in the Customizing Libpng +section below for more information on the libpng error handling. + + if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) + { + png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr); + fclose(fp); + return (ERROR); + } + ... + return; + +If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues, +you can compile libpng with PNG_SETJMP_NOT_SUPPORTED, in which case +errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort(). + +Now you need to set up the output code. The default for libpng is to +use the C function fwrite(). If you use this, you will need to pass a +valid FILE * in the function png_init_io(). Be sure that the file is +opened in binary mode. Again, if you wish to handle writing data in +another way, see the discussion on libpng I/O handling in the Customizing +Libpng section below. + + png_init_io(png_ptr, fp); + +If you are embedding your PNG into a datastream such as MNG, and don't +want libpng to write the 8-byte signature, or if you have already +written the signature in your application, use + + png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, 8); + +to inform libpng that it should not write a signature. + +Write callbacks + +At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be +called after each row has been written, which you can use to control +a progress meter or the like. It's demonstrated in pngtest.c. +You must supply a function + + void write_row_callback(png_ptr, png_uint_32 row, + int pass); + { + /* put your code here */ + } + +(You can give it another name that you like instead of "write_row_callback") + +To inform libpng about your function, use + + png_set_write_status_fn(png_ptr, write_row_callback); + +You now have the option of modifying how the compression library will +run. The following functions are mainly for testing, but may be useful +in some cases, like if you need to write PNG files extremely fast and +are willing to give up some compression, or if you want to get the +maximum possible compression at the expense of slower writing. If you +have no special needs in this area, let the library do what it wants by +not calling this function at all, as it has been tuned to deliver a good +speed/compression ratio. The second parameter to png_set_filter() is +the filter method, for which the only valid values are 0 (as of the +July 1999 PNG specification, version 1.2) or 64 (if you are writing +a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG datastream). The third +parameter is a flag that indicates which filter type(s) are to be tested +for each scanline. See the PNG specification for details on the specific +filter types. + + + /* turn on or off filtering, and/or choose + specific filters. You can use either a single + PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NAME or the bitwise OR of one + or more PNG_FILTER_NAME masks. */ + png_set_filter(png_ptr, 0, + PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NONE | + PNG_FILTER_SUB | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_SUB | + PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_UP | + PNG_FILTER_AVG | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_AVG | + PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_PAETH| + PNG_ALL_FILTERS); + +If an application +wants to start and stop using particular filters during compression, +it should start out with all of the filters (to ensure that the previous +row of pixels will be stored in case it's needed later), and then add +and remove them after the start of compression. + +If you are writing a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG +datastream, the second parameter can be either 0 or 64. + +The png_set_compression_*() functions interface to the zlib compression +library, and should mostly be ignored unless you really know what you are +doing. The only generally useful call is png_set_compression_level() +which changes how much time zlib spends on trying to compress the image +data. See the Compression Library (zlib.h and algorithm.txt, distributed +with zlib) for details on the compression levels. + + /* set the zlib compression level */ + png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, + Z_BEST_COMPRESSION); + + /* set other zlib parameters */ + png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8); + png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr, + Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY); + png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15); + png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, 8); + png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, 8192) + +extern PNG_EXPORT(void,png_set_zbuf_size) + +Setting the contents of info for output + +You now need to fill in the png_info structure with all the data you +wish to write before the actual image. Note that the only thing you +are allowed to write after the image is the text chunks and the time +chunk (as of PNG Specification 1.2, anyway). See png_write_end() and +the latest PNG specification for more information on that. If you +wish to write them before the image, fill them in now, and flag that +data as being valid. If you want to wait until after the data, don't +fill them until png_write_end(). For all the fields in png_info and +their data types, see png.h. For explanations of what the fields +contain, see the PNG specification. + +Some of the more important parts of the png_info are: + + png_set_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, width, height, + bit_depth, color_type, interlace_type, + compression_type, filter_method) + width - holds the width of the image + in pixels (up to 2^31). + height - holds the height of the image + in pixels (up to 2^31). + bit_depth - holds the bit depth of one of the + image channels. + (valid values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 + and depend also on the + color_type. See also significant + bits (sBIT) below). + color_type - describes which color/alpha + channels are present. + PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY + (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16) + PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA + (bit depths 8, 16) + PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE + (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8) + PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB + (bit_depths 8, 16) + PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA + (bit_depths 8, 16) + + PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE + PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR + PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA + + interlace_type - PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or + PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7 + compression_type - (must be + PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT) + filter_method - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT + or, if you are writing a PNG to + be embedded in a MNG datastream, + can also be + PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING) + +If you call png_set_IHDR(), the call must appear before any of the +other png_set_*() functions, because they might require access to some of +the IHDR settings. The remaining png_set_*() functions can be called +in any order. + +If you wish, you can reset the compression_type, interlace_type, or +filter_method later by calling png_set_IHDR() again; if you do this, the +width, height, bit_depth, and color_type must be the same in each call. + + png_set_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, palette, + num_palette); + palette - the palette for the file + (array of png_color) + num_palette - number of entries in the palette + + png_set_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, gamma); + gamma - the gamma the image was created + at (PNG_INFO_gAMA) + + png_set_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, srgb_intent); + srgb_intent - the rendering intent + (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of + the sRGB chunk means that the pixel + data is in the sRGB color space. + This chunk also implies specific + values of gAMA and cHRM. Rendering + intent is the CSS-1 property that + has been defined by the International + Color Consortium + (http://www.color.org). + It can be one of + PNG_sRGB_INTENT_SATURATION, + PNG_sRGB_INTENT_PERCEPTUAL, + PNG_sRGB_INTENT_ABSOLUTE, or + PNG_sRGB_INTENT_RELATIVE. + + + png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr, + srgb_intent); + srgb_intent - the rendering intent + (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of the + sRGB chunk means that the pixel + data is in the sRGB color space. + This function also causes gAMA and + cHRM chunks with the specific values + that are consistent with sRGB to be + written. + + png_set_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, name, compression_type, + profile, proflen); + name - The profile name. + compression - The compression type; always + PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0. + You may give NULL to this argument to + ignore it. + profile - International Color Consortium color + profile data. May contain NULs. + proflen - length of profile data in bytes. + + png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, sig_bit); + sig_bit - the number of significant bits for + (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray, red, + green, and blue channels, whichever are + appropriate for the given color type + (png_color_16) + + png_set_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, trans, num_trans, + trans_values); + trans - array of transparent + entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS) + trans_values - graylevel or color sample values + (in order red, green, blue) of the + single transparent color for + non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS) + num_trans - number of transparent entries + (PNG_INFO_tRNS) + + png_set_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, hist); + (PNG_INFO_hIST) + hist - histogram of palette (array of + png_uint_16) + + png_set_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, mod_time); + mod_time - time image was last modified + (PNG_VALID_tIME) + + png_set_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, background); + background - background color (PNG_VALID_bKGD) + + png_set_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, text_ptr, num_text); + text_ptr - array of png_text holding image + comments + text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used + on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE + PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt + PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE + PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt + text_ptr[i].key - keyword for comment. Must contain + 1-79 characters. + text_ptr[i].text - text comments for current + keyword. Can be NULL or empty. + text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string, + after decompression, 0 for iTXt + text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string, + after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt + text_ptr[i].lang - language of comment (NULL or + empty for unknown). + text_ptr[i].translated_keyword - keyword in UTF-8 (NULL + or empty for unknown). + Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key + members of the text_ptr structure only exist + when the library is built with iTXt chunk support. + + num_text - number of comments + + png_set_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette_ptr, + num_spalettes); + palette_ptr - array of png_sPLT_struct structures + to be added to the list of palettes + in the info structure. + num_spalettes - number of palette structures to be + added. + + png_set_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, offset_x, offset_y, + unit_type); + offset_x - positive offset from the left + edge of the screen + offset_y - positive offset from the top + edge of the screen + unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER + + png_set_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, res_x, res_y, + unit_type); + res_x - pixels/unit physical resolution + in x direction + res_y - pixels/unit physical resolution + in y direction + unit_type - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN, + PNG_RESOLUTION_METER + + png_set_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height) + unit - physical scale units (an integer) + width - width of a pixel in physical scale units + height - height of a pixel in physical scale units + (width and height are doubles) + + png_set_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height) + unit - physical scale units (an integer) + width - width of a pixel in physical scale units + height - height of a pixel in physical scale units + (width and height are strings like "2.54") + + png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unknowns, + num_unknowns) + unknowns - array of png_unknown_chunk + structures holding unknown chunks + unknowns[i].name - name of unknown chunk + unknowns[i].data - data of unknown chunk + unknowns[i].size - size of unknown chunk's data + unknowns[i].location - position to write chunk in file + 0: do not write chunk + PNG_HAVE_IHDR: before PLTE + PNG_HAVE_PLTE: before IDAT + PNG_AFTER_IDAT: after IDAT + +The "location" member is set automatically according to +what part of the output file has already been written. +You can change its value after calling png_set_unknown_chunks() +as demonstrated in pngtest.c. Within each of the "locations", +the chunks are sequenced according to their position in the +structure (that is, the value of "i", which is the order in which +the chunk was either read from the input file or defined with +png_set_unknown_chunks). + +A quick word about text and num_text. text is an array of png_text +structures. num_text is the number of valid structures in the array. +Each png_text structure holds a language code, a keyword, a text value, +and a compression type. + +The compression types have the same valid numbers as the compression +types of the image data. Currently, the only valid number is zero. +However, you can store text either compressed or uncompressed, unlike +images, which always have to be compressed. So if you don't want the +text compressed, set the compression type to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE. +Because tEXt and zTXt chunks don't have a language field, if you +specify PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt +any language code or translated keyword will not be written out. + +Until text gets around 1000 bytes, it is not worth compressing it. +After the text has been written out to the file, the compression type +is set to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE_WR or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt_WR, +so that it isn't written out again at the end (in case you are calling +png_write_end() with the same struct. + +The keywords that are given in the PNG Specification are: + + Title Short (one line) title or + caption for image + Author Name of image's creator + Description Description of image (possibly long) + Copyright Copyright notice + Creation Time Time of original image creation + (usually RFC 1123 format, see below) + Software Software used to create the image + Disclaimer Legal disclaimer + Warning Warning of nature of content + Source Device used to create the image + Comment Miscellaneous comment; conversion + from other image format + +The keyword-text pairs work like this. Keywords should be short +simple descriptions of what the comment is about. Some typical +keywords are found in the PNG specification, as is some recommendations +on keywords. You can repeat keywords in a file. You can even write +some text before the image and some after. For example, you may want +to put a description of the image before the image, but leave the +disclaimer until after, so viewers working over modem connections +don't have to wait for the disclaimer to go over the modem before +they start seeing the image. Finally, keywords should be full +words, not abbreviations. Keywords and text are in the ISO 8859-1 +(Latin-1) character set (a superset of regular ASCII) and can not +contain NUL characters, and should not contain control or other +unprintable characters. To make the comments widely readable, stick +with basic ASCII, and avoid machine specific character set extensions +like the IBM-PC character set. The keyword must be present, but +you can leave off the text string on non-compressed pairs. +Compressed pairs must have a text string, as only the text string +is compressed anyway, so the compression would be meaningless. + +PNG supports modification time via the png_time structure. Two +conversion routines are provided, png_convert_from_time_t() for +time_t and png_convert_from_struct_tm() for struct tm. The +time_t routine uses gmtime(). You don't have to use either of +these, but if you wish to fill in the png_time structure directly, +you should provide the time in universal time (GMT) if possible +instead of your local time. Note that the year number is the full +year (e.g. 1998, rather than 98 - PNG is year 2000 compliant!), and +that months start with 1. + +If you want to store the time of the original image creation, you should +use a plain tEXt chunk with the "Creation Time" keyword. This is +necessary because the "creation time" of a PNG image is somewhat vague, +depending on whether you mean the PNG file, the time the image was +created in a non-PNG format, a still photo from which the image was +scanned, or possibly the subject matter itself. In order to facilitate +machine-readable dates, it is recommended that the "Creation Time" +tEXt chunk use RFC 1123 format dates (e.g. "22 May 1997 18:07:10 GMT"), +although this isn't a requirement. Unlike the tIME chunk, the +"Creation Time" tEXt chunk is not expected to be automatically changed +by the software. To facilitate the use of RFC 1123 dates, a function +png_convert_to_rfc1123(png_timep) is provided to convert from PNG +time to an RFC 1123 format string. + +Writing unknown chunks + +You can use the png_set_unknown_chunks function to queue up chunks +for writing. You give it a chunk name, raw data, and a size; that's +all there is to it. The chunks will be written by the next following +png_write_info_before_PLTE, png_write_info, or png_write_end function. +Any chunks previously read into the info structure's unknown-chunk +list will also be written out in a sequence that satisfies the PNG +specification's ordering rules. + +The high-level write interface + +At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level +write interface, or through a sequence of low-level write operations. +You can use the high-level interface if your image data is present +in the info structure. All defined output +transformations are permitted, enabled by the following masks. + + PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY No transformation + PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING Pack 1, 2 and 4-bit samples + PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP Change order of packed + pixels to LSB first + PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO Invert monochrome images + PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT Normalize pixels to the + sBIT depth + PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA + to BGRA + PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA + to AG + PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA Change alpha from opacity + to transparency + PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN Byte-swap 16-bit samples + PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER Strip out filler + bytes (deprecated). + PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_BEFORE Strip out leading + filler bytes + PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_AFTER Strip out trailing + filler bytes + +If you have valid image data in the info structure (you can use +png_set_rows() to put image data in the info structure), simply do this: + + png_write_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL) + +where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some set of +transformation flags. This call is equivalent to png_write_info(), +followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask, +then png_write_image(), and finally png_write_end(). + +(The final parameter of this call is not yet used. Someday it might point +to transformation parameters required by some future output transform.) + +You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions +when you use png_write_png(). + +The low-level write interface + +If you are going the low-level route instead, you are now ready to +write all the file information up to the actual image data. You do +this with a call to png_write_info(). + + png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); + +Note that there is one transformation you may need to do before +png_write_info(). In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image is the +level of opacity. If your data is supplied as a level of transparency, +you can invert the alpha channel before you write it, so that 0 is +fully transparent and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535 +(in 16-bit images) is fully opaque, with + + png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr); + +This must appear before png_write_info() instead of later with the +other transformations because in the case of paletted images the tRNS +chunk data has to be inverted before the tRNS chunk is written. If +your image is not a paletted image, the tRNS data (which in such cases +represents a single color to be rendered as transparent) won't need to +be changed, and you can safely do this transformation after your +png_write_info() call. + +If you need to write a private chunk that you want to appear before +the PLTE chunk when PLTE is present, you can write the PNG info in +two steps, and insert code to write your own chunk between them: + + png_write_info_before_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr); + png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...); + png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); + +After you've written the file information, you can set up the library +to handle any special transformations of the image data. The various +ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they +should occur. This is important, as some of these change the color +type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on +certain color types and bit depths. Even though each transformation +checks to see if it has data that it can do something with, you should +make sure to only enable a transformation if it will be valid for the +data. For example, don't swap red and blue on grayscale data. + +PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code tells +the library to strip input data that has 4 or 8 bytes per pixel down +to 3 or 6 bytes (or strip 2 or 4-byte grayscale+filler data to 1 or 2 +bytes per pixel). + + png_set_filler(png_ptr, 0, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE); + +where the 0 is unused, and the location is either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or +PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether the filler byte in the pixel +is stored XRGB or RGBX. + +PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as +they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit files. +If the data is supplied at 1 pixel per byte, use this code, which will +correctly pack the pixels into a single byte: + + png_set_packing(png_ptr); + +PNG files reduce possible bit depths to 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16. If your +data is of another bit depth, you can write an sBIT chunk into the +file so that decoders can recover the original data if desired. + + /* Set the true bit depth of the image data */ + if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) + { + sig_bit.red = true_bit_depth; + sig_bit.green = true_bit_depth; + sig_bit.blue = true_bit_depth; + } + else + { + sig_bit.gray = true_bit_depth; + } + if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) + { + sig_bit.alpha = true_bit_depth; + } + + png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit); + +If the data is stored in the row buffer in a bit depth other than +one supported by PNG (e.g. 3 bit data in the range 0-7 for a 4-bit PNG), +this will scale the values to appear to be the correct bit depth as +is required by PNG. + + png_set_shift(png_ptr, &sig_bit); + +PNG files store 16 bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian, +ie. most significant bits first). This code would be used if they are +supplied the other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits +first, the way PCs store them): + + if (bit_depth > 8) + png_set_swap(png_ptr); + +If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you +need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use: + + if (bit_depth < 8) + png_set_packswap(png_ptr); + +PNG files store 3 color pixels in red, green, blue order. This code +would be used if they are supplied as blue, green, red: + + png_set_bgr(png_ptr); + +PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being +one. This code would be used if the pixels are supplied with this reversed +(black being one and white being zero): + + png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr); + +Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of +the existing ones meets your needs. This is done by setting a callback +with + + png_set_write_user_transform_fn(png_ptr, + write_transform_fn); + +You must supply the function + + void write_transform_fn(png_ptr ptr, row_info_ptr + row_info, png_bytep data) + +See pngtest.c for a working example. Your function will be called +before any of the other transformations are processed. + +You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your +callback function. + + png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr, 0, 0); + +The user_channels and user_depth parameters of this function are ignored +when writing; you can set them to zero as shown. + +You can retrieve the pointer via the function png_get_user_transform_ptr(). +For example: + + voidp write_user_transform_ptr = + png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr); + +It is possible to have libpng flush any pending output, either manually, +or automatically after a certain number of lines have been written. To +flush the output stream a single time call: + + png_write_flush(png_ptr); + +and to have libpng flush the output stream periodically after a certain +number of scanlines have been written, call: + + png_set_flush(png_ptr, nrows); + +Note that the distance between rows is from the last time png_write_flush() +was called, or the first row of the image if it has never been called. +So if you write 50 lines, and then png_set_flush 25, it will flush the +output on the next scanline, and every 25 lines thereafter, unless +png_write_flush() is called before 25 more lines have been written. +If nrows is too small (less than about 10 lines for a 640 pixel wide +RGB image) the image compression may decrease noticeably (although this +may be acceptable for real-time applications). Infrequent flushing will +only degrade the compression performance by a few percent over images +that do not use flushing. + +Writing the image data + +That's it for the transformations. Now you can write the image data. +The simplest way to do this is in one function call. If you have the +whole image in memory, you can just call png_write_image() and libpng +will write the image. You will need to pass in an array of pointers to +each row. This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't +need to call png_set_interlace_handling() or call this function multiple +times, or any of that other stuff necessary with png_write_rows(). + + png_write_image(png_ptr, row_pointers); + +where row_pointers is: + + png_byte *row_pointers[height]; + +You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels. + +If you don't want to write the whole image at once, you can +use png_write_rows() instead. If the file is not interlaced, +this is simple: + + png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, + number_of_rows); + +row_pointers is the same as in the png_write_image() call. + +If you are just writing one row at a time, you can do this with +a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers: + + png_bytep row_pointer = row; + + png_write_row(png_ptr, row_pointer); + +When the file is interlaced, things can get a good deal more complicated. +The only currently (as of the PNG Specification version 1.2, dated July +1999) defined interlacing scheme for PNG files is the "Adam7" interlace +scheme, that breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying +size. libpng will build these images for you, or you can do them +yourself. If you want to build them yourself, see the PNG specification +for details of which pixels to write when. + +If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just +use png_set_interlace_handling() and call png_write_rows() the +correct number of times to write all seven sub-images. + +If you want libpng to build the sub-images, call this before you start +writing any rows: + + number_of_passes = + png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr); + +This will return the number of passes needed. Currently, this is seven, +but may change if another interlace type is added. + +Then write the complete image number_of_passes times. + + png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, + number_of_rows); + +As some of these rows are not used, and thus return immediately, you may +want to read about interlacing in the PNG specification, and only update +the rows that are actually used. + +Finishing a sequential write + +After you are finished writing the image, you should finish writing +the file. If you are interested in writing comments or time, you should +pass an appropriately filled png_info pointer. If you are not interested, +you can pass NULL. + + png_write_end(png_ptr, info_ptr); + +When you are done, you can free all memory used by libpng like this: + + png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr); + +It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that +point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function: + + png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq) + mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask + containing the bitwise OR of one or + more of + PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS, + PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP, + PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS, + PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT, + PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN, + or simply PNG_FREE_ALL + seq - sequence number of item to be freed + (-1 for all items) + +This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has +already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated +by the user and not by libpng, and will in those cases do nothing. +The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data +type, such as PLTE, is allowed. If "seq" is not -1, and multiple items +are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or +sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq". + +If you allocated data such as a palette that you passed in to libpng +with png_set_*, you must not free it until just before the call to +png_destroy_write_struct(). + +The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally +by libpng. This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data, +or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc() +or png_zalloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with + + png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask) + mask - which data elements are affected + same choices as in png_free_data() + freer - one of + PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA + PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA + PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA + +For example, to transfer responsibility for some data from a read structure +to a write structure, you could use + + png_data_freer(read_ptr, read_info_ptr, + PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA, + PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST) + png_data_freer(write_ptr, write_info_ptr, + PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA, + PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST) + +thereby briefly reassigning responsibility for freeing to the user but +immediately afterwards reassigning it once more to the write_destroy +function. Having done this, it would then be safe to destroy the read +structure and continue to use the PLTE, tRNS, and hIST data in the write +structure. + +This function only affects data that has already been allocated. +You can call this function before calling after the png_set_*() functions +to control whether the user or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data. +When the user assumes responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the +application must use +png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng +for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc() +or png_zalloc() to allocate it. + +If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword +separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng, +because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with +the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key. Similarly, +if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your +application, your application must not separately free those members. +For a more compact example of writing a PNG image, see the file example.c. + +V. Modifying/Customizing libpng: + +There are two issues here. The first is changing how libpng does +standard things like memory allocation, input/output, and error handling. +The second deals with more complicated things like adding new chunks, +adding new transformations, and generally changing how libpng works. +Both of those are compile-time issues; that is, they are generally +determined at the time the code is written, and there is rarely a need +to provide the user with a means of changing them. + +Memory allocation, input/output, and error handling + +All of the memory allocation, input/output, and error handling in libpng +goes through callbacks that are user-settable. The default routines are +in pngmem.c, pngrio.c, pngwio.c, and pngerror.c, respectively. To change +these functions, call the appropriate png_set_*_fn() function. + +Memory allocation is done through the functions png_malloc(), png_calloc(), +and png_free(). These currently just call the standard C functions. +png_calloc() calls png_malloc() and then png_memset() to clear the newly +allocated memory to zero. If your pointers can't access more then 64K +at a time, you will want to set MAXSEG_64K in zlib.h. Since it is +unlikely that the method of handling memory allocation on a platform +will change between applications, these functions must be modified in +the library at compile time. If you prefer to use a different method +of allocating and freeing data, you can use png_create_read_struct_2() or +png_create_write_struct_2() to register your own functions as described +above. These functions also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved +via + + mem_ptr=png_get_mem_ptr(png_ptr); + +Your replacement memory functions must have prototypes as follows: + + png_voidp malloc_fn(png_structp png_ptr, + png_size_t size); + void free_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_voidp ptr); + +Your malloc_fn() must return NULL in case of failure. The png_malloc() +function will normally call png_error() if it receives a NULL from the +system memory allocator or from your replacement malloc_fn(). + +Your free_fn() will never be called with a NULL ptr, since libpng's +png_free() checks for NULL before calling free_fn(). + +Input/Output in libpng is done through png_read() and png_write(), +which currently just call fread() and fwrite(). The FILE * is stored in +png_struct and is initialized via png_init_io(). If you wish to change +the method of I/O, the library supplies callbacks that you can set +through the function png_set_read_fn() and png_set_write_fn() at run +time, instead of calling the png_init_io() function. These functions +also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved via the function +png_get_io_ptr(). For example: + + png_set_read_fn(png_structp read_ptr, + voidp read_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr read_data_fn) + + png_set_write_fn(png_structp write_ptr, + voidp write_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr write_data_fn, + png_flush_ptr output_flush_fn); + + voidp read_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(read_ptr); + voidp write_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(write_ptr); + +The replacement I/O functions must have prototypes as follows: + + void user_read_data(png_structp png_ptr, + png_bytep data, png_size_t length); + void user_write_data(png_structp png_ptr, + png_bytep data, png_size_t length); + void user_flush_data(png_structp png_ptr); + +The user_read_data() function is responsible for detecting and +handling end-of-data errors. + +Supplying NULL for the read, write, or flush functions sets them back +to using the default C stream functions, which expect the io_ptr to +point to a standard *FILE structure. It is probably a mistake +to use NULL for one of write_data_fn and output_flush_fn but not both +of them, unless you have built libpng with PNG_NO_WRITE_FLUSH defined. +It is an error to read from a write stream, and vice versa. + +Error handling in libpng is done through png_error() and png_warning(). +Errors handled through png_error() are fatal, meaning that png_error() +should never return to its caller. Currently, this is handled via +setjmp() and longjmp() (unless you have compiled libpng with +PNG_SETJMP_NOT_SUPPORTED, in which case it is handled via PNG_ABORT()), +but you could change this to do things like exit() if you should wish. + +On non-fatal errors, png_warning() is called +to print a warning message, and then control returns to the calling code. +By default png_error() and png_warning() print a message on stderr via +fprintf() unless the library is compiled with PNG_NO_CONSOLE_IO defined +(because you don't want the messages) or PNG_NO_STDIO defined (because +fprintf() isn't available). If you wish to change the behavior of the error +functions, you will need to set up your own message callbacks. These +functions are normally supplied at the time that the png_struct is created. +It is also possible to redirect errors and warnings to your own replacement +functions after png_create_*_struct() has been called by calling: + + png_set_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr, + png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, + png_error_ptr warning_fn); + + png_voidp error_ptr = png_get_error_ptr(png_ptr); + +If NULL is supplied for either error_fn or warning_fn, then the libpng +default function will be used, calling fprintf() and/or longjmp() if a +problem is encountered. The replacement error functions should have +parameters as follows: + + void user_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr, + png_const_charp error_msg); + void user_warning_fn(png_structp png_ptr, + png_const_charp warning_msg); + +The motivation behind using setjmp() and longjmp() is the C++ throw and +catch exception handling methods. This makes the code much easier to write, +as there is no need to check every return code of every function call. +However, there are some uncertainties about the status of local variables +after a longjmp, so the user may want to be careful about doing anything +after setjmp returns non-zero besides returning itself. Consult your +compiler documentation for more details. For an alternative approach, you +may wish to use the "cexcept" facility (see http://cexcept.sourceforge.net). + +Custom chunks + +If you need to read or write custom chunks, you may need to get deeper +into the libpng code. The library now has mechanisms for storing +and writing chunks of unknown type; you can even declare callbacks +for custom chunks. However, this may not be good enough if the +library code itself needs to know about interactions between your +chunk and existing `intrinsic' chunks. + +If you need to write a new intrinsic chunk, first read the PNG +specification. Acquire a first level of understanding of how it works. +Pay particular attention to the sections that describe chunk names, +and look at how other chunks were designed, so you can do things +similarly. Second, check out the sections of libpng that read and +write chunks. Try to find a chunk that is similar to yours and use +it as a template. More details can be found in the comments inside +the code. It is best to handle unknown chunks in a generic method, +via callback functions, instead of by modifying libpng functions. + +If you wish to write your own transformation for the data, look through +the part of the code that does the transformations, and check out some of +the simpler ones to get an idea of how they work. Try to find a similar +transformation to the one you want to add and copy off of it. More details +can be found in the comments inside the code itself. + +Configuring for 16 bit platforms + +You will want to look into zconf.h to tell zlib (and thus libpng) that +it cannot allocate more then 64K at a time. Even if you can, the memory +won't be accessible. So limit zlib and libpng to 64K by defining MAXSEG_64K. + +Configuring for DOS + +For DOS users who only have access to the lower 640K, you will +have to limit zlib's memory usage via a png_set_compression_mem_level() +call. See zlib.h or zconf.h in the zlib library for more information. + +Configuring for Medium Model + +Libpng's support for medium model has been tested on most of the popular +compilers. Make sure MAXSEG_64K gets defined, USE_FAR_KEYWORD gets +defined, and FAR gets defined to far in pngconf.h, and you should be +all set. Everything in the library (except for zlib's structure) is +expecting far data. You must use the typedefs with the p or pp on +the end for pointers (or at least look at them and be careful). Make +note that the rows of data are defined as png_bytepp, which is an +unsigned char far * far *. + +Configuring for gui/windowing platforms: + +You will need to write new error and warning functions that use the GUI +interface, as described previously, and set them to be the error and +warning functions at the time that png_create_*_struct() is called, +in order to have them available during the structure initialization. +They can be changed later via png_set_error_fn(). On some compilers, +you may also have to change the memory allocators (png_malloc, etc.). + +Configuring for compiler xxx: + +All includes for libpng are in pngconf.h. If you need to add, change +or delete an include, this is the place to do it. +The includes that are not needed outside libpng are protected by the +PNG_INTERNAL definition, which is only defined for those routines inside +libpng itself. The files in libpng proper only include png.h, which +includes pngconf.h. + +Configuring zlib: + +There are special functions to configure the compression. Perhaps the +most useful one changes the compression level, which currently uses +input compression values in the range 0 - 9. The library normally +uses the default compression level (Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION = 6). Tests +have shown that for a large majority of images, compression values in +the range 3-6 compress nearly as well as higher levels, and do so much +faster. For online applications it may be desirable to have maximum speed +(Z_BEST_SPEED = 1). With versions of zlib after v0.99, you can also +specify no compression (Z_NO_COMPRESSION = 0), but this would create +files larger than just storing the raw bitmap. You can specify the +compression level by calling: + + png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, level); + +Another useful one is to reduce the memory level used by the library. +The memory level defaults to 8, but it can be lowered if you are +short on memory (running DOS, for example, where you only have 640K). +Note that the memory level does have an effect on compression; among +other things, lower levels will result in sections of incompressible +data being emitted in smaller stored blocks, with a correspondingly +larger relative overhead of up to 15% in the worst case. + + png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level); + +The other functions are for configuring zlib. They are not recommended +for normal use and may result in writing an invalid PNG file. See +zlib.h for more information on what these mean. + + png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr, + strategy); + png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, + window_bits); + png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, method); + png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, size); + +Controlling row filtering + +If you want to control whether libpng uses filtering or not, which +filters are used, and how it goes about picking row filters, you +can call one of these functions. The selection and configuration +of row filters can have a significant impact on the size and +encoding speed and a somewhat lesser impact on the decoding speed +of an image. Filtering is enabled by default for RGB and grayscale +images (with and without alpha), but not for paletted images nor +for any images with bit depths less than 8 bits/pixel. + +The 'method' parameter sets the main filtering method, which is +currently only '0' in the PNG 1.2 specification. The 'filters' +parameter sets which filter(s), if any, should be used for each +scanline. Possible values are PNG_ALL_FILTERS and PNG_NO_FILTERS +to turn filtering on and off, respectively. + +Individual filter types are PNG_FILTER_NONE, PNG_FILTER_SUB, +PNG_FILTER_UP, PNG_FILTER_AVG, PNG_FILTER_PAETH, which can be bitwise +ORed together with '|' to specify one or more filters to use. +These filters are described in more detail in the PNG specification. +If you intend to change the filter type during the course of writing +the image, you should start with flags set for all of the filters +you intend to use so that libpng can initialize its internal +structures appropriately for all of the filter types. (Note that this +means the first row must always be adaptively filtered, because libpng +currently does not allocate the filter buffers until png_write_row() +is called for the first time.) + + filters = PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_SUB + PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_AVG | + PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_ALL_FILTERS; + + png_set_filter(png_ptr, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE, + filters); + The second parameter can also be + PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if you are + writing a PNG to be embedded in a MNG + datastream. This parameter must be the + same as the value of filter_method used + in png_set_IHDR(). + +It is also possible to influence how libpng chooses from among the +available filters. This is done in one or both of two ways - by +telling it how important it is to keep the same filter for successive +rows, and by telling it the relative computational costs of the filters. + + double weights[3] = {1.5, 1.3, 1.1}, + costs[PNG_FILTER_VALUE_LAST] = + {1.0, 1.3, 1.3, 1.5, 1.7}; + + png_set_filter_heuristics(png_ptr, + PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_WEIGHTED, 3, + weights, costs); + +The weights are multiplying factors that indicate to libpng that the +row filter should be the same for successive rows unless another row filter +is that many times better than the previous filter. In the above example, +if the previous 3 filters were SUB, SUB, NONE, the SUB filter could have a +"sum of absolute differences" 1.5 x 1.3 times higher than other filters +and still be chosen, while the NONE filter could have a sum 1.1 times +higher than other filters and still be chosen. Unspecified weights are +taken to be 1.0, and the specified weights should probably be declining +like those above in order to emphasize recent filters over older filters. + +The filter costs specify for each filter type a relative decoding cost +to be considered when selecting row filters. This means that filters +with higher costs are less likely to be chosen over filters with lower +costs, unless their "sum of absolute differences" is that much smaller. +The costs do not necessarily reflect the exact computational speeds of +the various filters, since this would unduly influence the final image +size. + +Note that the numbers above were invented purely for this example and +are given only to help explain the function usage. Little testing has +been done to find optimum values for either the costs or the weights. + +Removing unwanted object code + +There are a bunch of #define's in pngconf.h that control what parts of +libpng are compiled. All the defines end in _SUPPORTED. If you are +never going to use a capability, you can change the #define to #undef +before recompiling libpng and save yourself code and data space, or +you can turn off individual capabilities with defines that begin with +PNG_NO_. + +You can also turn all of the transforms and ancillary chunk capabilities +off en masse with compiler directives that define +PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_TRANSFORMS, or PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS, +or all four, +along with directives to turn on any of the capabilities that you do +want. The PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_TRANSFORMS directives disable the extra +transformations but still leave the library fully capable of reading +and writing PNG files with all known public chunks. Use of the +PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS directive produces a library +that is incapable of reading or writing ancillary chunks. If you are +not using the progressive reading capability, you can turn that off +with PNG_NO_PROGRESSIVE_READ (don't confuse this with the INTERLACING +capability, which you'll still have). + +All the reading and writing specific code are in separate files, so the +linker should only grab the files it needs. However, if you want to +make sure, or if you are building a stand alone library, all the +reading files start with pngr and all the writing files start with +pngw. The files that don't match either (like png.c, pngtrans.c, etc.) +are used for both reading and writing, and always need to be included. +The progressive reader is in pngpread.c + +If you are creating or distributing a dynamically linked library (a .so +or DLL file), you should not remove or disable any parts of the library, +as this will cause applications linked with different versions of the +library to fail if they call functions not available in your library. +The size of the library itself should not be an issue, because only +those sections that are actually used will be loaded into memory. + +Requesting debug printout + +The macro definition PNG_DEBUG can be used to request debugging +printout. Set it to an integer value in the range 0 to 3. Higher +numbers result in increasing amounts of debugging information. The +information is printed to the "stderr" file, unless another file +name is specified in the PNG_DEBUG_FILE macro definition. + +When PNG_DEBUG > 0, the following functions (macros) become available: + + png_debug(level, message) + png_debug1(level, message, p1) + png_debug2(level, message, p1, p2) + +in which "level" is compared to PNG_DEBUG to decide whether to print +the message, "message" is the formatted string to be printed, +and p1 and p2 are parameters that are to be embedded in the string +according to printf-style formatting directives. For example, + + png_debug1(2, "foo=%d\n", foo); + +is expanded to + + if(PNG_DEBUG > 2) + fprintf(PNG_DEBUG_FILE, "foo=%d\n", foo); + +When PNG_DEBUG is defined but is zero, the macros aren't defined, but you +can still use PNG_DEBUG to control your own debugging: + + #ifdef PNG_DEBUG + fprintf(stderr, ... + #endif + +When PNG_DEBUG = 1, the macros are defined, but only png_debug statements +having level = 0 will be printed. There aren't any such statements in +this version of libpng, but if you insert some they will be printed. + +VI. MNG support + +The MNG specification (available at http://www.libpng.org/pub/mng) allows +certain extensions to PNG for PNG images that are embedded in MNG datastreams. +Libpng can support some of these extensions. To enable them, use the +png_permit_mng_features() function: + + feature_set = png_permit_mng_features(png_ptr, mask) + mask is a png_uint_32 containing the bitwise OR of the + features you want to enable. These include + PNG_FLAG_MNG_EMPTY_PLTE + PNG_FLAG_MNG_FILTER_64 + PNG_ALL_MNG_FEATURES + feature_set is a png_uint_32 that is the bitwise AND of + your mask with the set of MNG features that is + supported by the version of libpng that you are using. + +It is an error to use this function when reading or writing a standalone +PNG file with the PNG 8-byte signature. The PNG datastream must be wrapped +in a MNG datastream. As a minimum, it must have the MNG 8-byte signature +and the MHDR and MEND chunks. Libpng does not provide support for these +or any other MNG chunks; your application must provide its own support for +them. You may wish to consider using libmng (available at +http://www.libmng.com) instead. + +VII. Changes to Libpng from version 0.88 + +It should be noted that versions of libpng later than 0.96 are not +distributed by the original libpng author, Guy Schalnat, nor by +Andreas Dilger, who had taken over from Guy during 1996 and 1997, and +distributed versions 0.89 through 0.96, but rather by another member +of the original PNG Group, Glenn Randers-Pehrson. Guy and Andreas are +still alive and well, but they have moved on to other things. + +The old libpng functions png_read_init(), png_write_init(), +png_info_init(), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy() have been +moved to PNG_INTERNAL in version 0.95 to discourage their use. These +functions will be removed from libpng version 2.0.0. + +The preferred method of creating and initializing the libpng structures is +via the png_create_read_struct(), png_create_write_struct(), and +png_create_info_struct() because they isolate the size of the structures +from the application, allow version error checking, and also allow the +use of custom error handling routines during the initialization, which +the old functions do not. The functions png_read_destroy() and +png_write_destroy() do not actually free the memory that libpng +allocated for these structs, but just reset the data structures, so they +can be used instead of png_destroy_read_struct() and +png_destroy_write_struct() if you feel there is too much system overhead +allocating and freeing the png_struct for each image read. + +Setting the error callbacks via png_set_message_fn() before +png_read_init() as was suggested in libpng-0.88 is no longer supported +because this caused applications that do not use custom error functions +to fail if the png_ptr was not initialized to zero. It is still possible +to set the error callbacks AFTER png_read_init(), or to change them with +png_set_error_fn(), which is essentially the same function, but with a new +name to force compilation errors with applications that try to use the old +method. + +Starting with version 1.0.7, you can find out which version of the library +you are using at run-time: + + png_uint_32 libpng_vn = png_access_version_number(); + +The number libpng_vn is constructed from the major version, minor +version with leading zero, and release number with leading zero, +(e.g., libpng_vn for version 1.0.7 is 10007). + +You can also check which version of png.h you used when compiling your +application: + + png_uint_32 application_vn = PNG_LIBPNG_VER; + +VIII. (Omitted). +IX. (Omitted) +X. Detecting libpng + +The png_get_io_ptr() function has been present since libpng-0.88, has never +changed, and is unaffected by conditional compilation macros. It is the +best choice for use in configure scripts for detecting the presence of any +libpng version since 0.88. In an autoconf "configure.in" you could use + + AC_CHECK_LIB(png, png_get_io_ptr, ... + +XI. Source code repository + +Since about February 2009, version 1.2.34, libpng has been under "git" source +control. The git repository was built from old libpng-x.y.z.tar.gz files +going back to version 0.70. You can access the git repository (read only) +at + + git://libpng.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/libpng + +or you can browse it via "gitweb" at + + http://libpng.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=libpng + +Patches can be sent to glennrp at users.sourceforge.net or to +png-mng-implement at lists.sourceforge.net or you can upload them to +the libpng bug tracker at + + http://libpng.sourceforge.net + +XII. Coding style + +Our coding style is similar to the "Allman" style, with curly +braces on separate lines: + + if (condition) + { + action; + } + + else if (another condition) + { + another action; + } + +The braces can be omitted from simple one-line actions: + + if (condition) + return (0); + +We use 3-space indentation, except for continued statements which +are usually indented the same as the first line of the statement +plus four more spaces. + +For macro definitions we use 2-space indentation, always leaving the "#" +in the first column. + + #ifndef PNG_NO_FEATURE + # ifndef PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED + # define PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED + # endif + #endif + +Comments appear with the leading "/*" at the same indentation as +the statement that follows the comment: + + /* Single-line comment */ + statement; + + /* Multiple-line + * comment + */ + statement; + +Very short comments can be placed at the end of the statement +to which they pertain: + + statement; /* comment */ + +We don't use C++ style ("//") comments. We have, however, +used them in the past in some now-abandoned MMX assembler +code. + +Functions and their curly braces are not indented, and +exported functions are marked with PNGAPI: + + /* This is a public function that is visible to + * application programers. It does thus-and-so. + */ + void PNGAPI + png_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo) + { + body; + } + +The prototypes for all exported functions appear in png.h, +above the comment that says + + /* Maintainer: Put new public prototypes here ... */ + +We mark all non-exported functions with "/* PRIVATE */"": + + void /* PRIVATE */ + png_non_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo) + { + body; + } + +The prototypes for non-exported functions (except for those in +pngtest) appear in +the PNG_INTERNAL section of png.h +above the comment that says + + /* Maintainer: Put new private prototypes here ^ and in libpngpf.3 */ + +The names of all exported functions and variables begin +with "png_", and all publicly visible C preprocessor +macros begin with "PNG_". + +We put a space after each comma and after each semicolon +in "for" statments, and we put spaces before and after each +C binary operator and after "for" or "while". We don't +put a space between a typecast and the expression being +cast, nor do we put one between a function name and the +left parenthesis that follows it: + + for (i = 2; i > 0; --i) + y[i] = a(x) + (int)b; + +We prefer #ifdef and #ifndef to #if defined() and if !defined() +when there is only one macro being tested. + +We do not use the TAB character for indentation in the C sources. + +Other rules can be inferred by inspecting the libpng source. + +XIII. Y2K Compliance in libpng + +December 3, 2009 + +Since the PNG Development group is an ad-hoc body, we can't make +an official declaration. + +This is your unofficial assurance that libpng from version 0.71 and +upward through 1.0.51 are Y2K compliant. It is my belief that earlier +versions were also Y2K compliant. + +Libpng only has three year fields. One is a 2-byte unsigned integer that +will hold years up to 65535. The other two hold the date in text +format, and will hold years up to 9999. + +The integer is + "png_uint_16 year" in png_time_struct. + +The strings are + "png_charp time_buffer" in png_struct and + "near_time_buffer", which is a local character string in png.c. + +There are seven time-related functions: + + png_convert_to_rfc_1123() in png.c + (formerly png_convert_to_rfc_1152() in error) + png_convert_from_struct_tm() in pngwrite.c, called + in pngwrite.c + png_convert_from_time_t() in pngwrite.c + png_get_tIME() in pngget.c + png_handle_tIME() in pngrutil.c, called in pngread.c + png_set_tIME() in pngset.c + png_write_tIME() in pngwutil.c, called in pngwrite.c + +All appear to handle dates properly in a Y2K environment. The +png_convert_from_time_t() function calls gmtime() to convert from system +clock time, which returns (year - 1900), which we properly convert to +the full 4-digit year. There is a possibility that applications using +libpng are not passing 4-digit years into the png_convert_to_rfc_1123() +function, or that they are incorrectly passing only a 2-digit year +instead of "year - 1900" into the png_convert_from_struct_tm() function, +but this is not under our control. The libpng documentation has always +stated that it works with 4-digit years, and the APIs have been +documented as such. + +The tIME chunk itself is also Y2K compliant. It uses a 2-byte unsigned +integer to hold the year, and can hold years as large as 65535. + +zlib, upon which libpng depends, is also Y2K compliant. It contains +no date-related code. + + + Glenn Randers-Pehrson + libpng maintainer + PNG Development Group diff --git a/libpng-1.0.51rc01.txt b/libpng-1.0.51rc01.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 7d4ef1c7e..000000000 --- a/libpng-1.0.51rc01.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3125 +0,0 @@ -libpng.txt - A description on how to use and modify libpng - - libpng version 1.0.51rc01 - November 18, 2009 - Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson - - Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson - - This document is released under the libpng license. - For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer - and license in png.h - - Based on: - - libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.0.51rc01 - November 18, 2009 - Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson - Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson - - libpng 1.0 beta 6 version 0.96 May 28, 1997 - Updated and distributed by Andreas Dilger - Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger - - libpng 1.0 beta 2 - version 0.88 January 26, 1996 - For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright - notice in png.h. Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric - Schalnat, Group 42, Inc. - - Updated/rewritten per request in the libpng FAQ - Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Frank J. T. Wojcik - December 18, 1995 & January 20, 1996 - -I. Introduction - -This file describes how to use and modify the PNG reference library -(known as libpng) for your own use. There are five sections to this -file: introduction, structures, reading, writing, and modification and -configuration notes for various special platforms. In addition to this -file, example.c is a good starting point for using the library, as -it is heavily commented and should include everything most people -will need. We assume that libpng is already installed; see the -INSTALL file for instructions on how to install libpng. - -For examples of libpng usage, see the files "example.c", "pngtest.c", -and the files in the "contrib" directory, all of which are included in -the libpng distribution. - -Libpng was written as a companion to the PNG specification, as a way -of reducing the amount of time and effort it takes to support the PNG -file format in application programs. - -The PNG specification (second edition), November 2003, is available as -a W3C Recommendation and as an ISO Standard (ISO/IEC 15948:2003 (E)) at -. It is technically equivalent -to the PNG specification (second edition) but has some additional material. - -The PNG-1.0 specification is available -as RFC 2083 and as a -W3C Recommendation . - -Some additional chunks are described in the special-purpose public chunks -documents at . - -Other information -about PNG, and the latest version of libpng, can be found at the PNG home -page, . - -Most users will not have to modify the library significantly; advanced -users may want to modify it more. All attempts were made to make it as -complete as possible, while keeping the code easy to understand. -Currently, this library only supports C. Support for other languages -is being considered. - -Libpng has been designed to handle multiple sessions at one time, -to be easily modifiable, to be portable to the vast majority of -machines (ANSI, K&R, 16-, 32-, and 64-bit) available, and to be easy -to use. The ultimate goal of libpng is to promote the acceptance of -the PNG file format in whatever way possible. While there is still -work to be done (see the TODO file), libpng should cover the -majority of the needs of its users. - -Libpng uses zlib for its compression and decompression of PNG files. -Further information about zlib, and the latest version of zlib, can -be found at the zlib home page, . -The zlib compression utility is a general purpose utility that is -useful for more than PNG files, and can be used without libpng. -See the documentation delivered with zlib for more details. -You can usually find the source files for the zlib utility wherever you -find the libpng source files. - -Libpng is thread safe, provided the threads are using different -instances of the structures. Each thread should have its own -png_struct and png_info instances, and thus its own image. -Libpng does not protect itself against two threads using the -same instance of a structure. - -II. Structures - -There are two main structures that are important to libpng, png_struct -and png_info. The first, png_struct, is an internal structure that -will not, for the most part, be used by a user except as the first -variable passed to every libpng function call. - -The png_info structure is designed to provide information about the -PNG file. At one time, the fields of png_info were intended to be -directly accessible to the user. However, this tended to cause problems -with applications using dynamically loaded libraries, and as a result -a set of interface functions for png_info (the png_get_*() and png_set_*() -functions) was developed. The fields of png_info are still available for -older applications, but it is suggested that applications use the new -interfaces if at all possible. - -Applications that do make direct access to the members of png_struct (except -for png_ptr->jmpbuf) must be recompiled whenever the library is updated, -and applications that make direct access to the members of png_info must -be recompiled if they were compiled or loaded with libpng version 1.0.6, -in which the members were in a different order. In version 1.0.7, the -members of the png_info structure reverted to the old order, as they were -in versions 0.97c through 1.0.5. Starting with version 2.0.0, both -structures are going to be hidden, and the contents of the structures will -only be accessible through the png_get/png_set functions. - -The png.h header file is an invaluable reference for programming with libpng. -And while I'm on the topic, make sure you include the libpng header file: - -#include - -III. Reading - -We'll now walk you through the possible functions to call when reading -in a PNG file sequentially, briefly explaining the syntax and purpose -of each one. See example.c and png.h for more detail. While -progressive reading is covered in the next section, you will still -need some of the functions discussed in this section to read a PNG -file. - -Setup - -You will want to do the I/O initialization(*) before you get into libpng, -so if it doesn't work, you don't have much to undo. Of course, you -will also want to insure that you are, in fact, dealing with a PNG -file. Libpng provides a simple check to see if a file is a PNG file. -To use it, pass in the first 1 to 8 bytes of the file to the function -png_sig_cmp(), and it will return 0 (false) if the bytes match the -corresponding bytes of the PNG signature, or nonzero (true) otherwise. -Of course, the more bytes you pass in, the greater the accuracy of the -prediction. - -If you are intending to keep the file pointer open for use in libpng, -you must ensure you don't read more than 8 bytes from the beginning -of the file, and you also have to make a call to png_set_sig_bytes_read() -with the number of bytes you read from the beginning. Libpng will -then only check the bytes (if any) that your program didn't read. - -(*): If you are not using the standard I/O functions, you will need -to replace them with custom functions. See the discussion under -Customizing libpng. - - - FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "rb"); - if (!fp) - { - return (ERROR); - } - fread(header, 1, number, fp); - is_png = !png_sig_cmp(header, 0, number); - if (!is_png) - { - return (NOT_PNG); - } - - -Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized. In -order to ensure that the size of these structures is correct even with a -dynamically linked libpng, there are functions to initialize and -allocate the structures. We also pass the library version, optional -pointers to error handling functions, and a pointer to a data struct for -use by the error functions, if necessary (the pointer and functions can -be NULL if the default error handlers are to be used). See the section -on Changes to Libpng below regarding the old initialization functions. -The structure allocation functions quietly return NULL if they fail to -create the structure, so your application should check for that. - - png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct - (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, - user_error_fn, user_warning_fn); - if (!png_ptr) - return (ERROR); - - png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); - if (!info_ptr) - { - png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, - (png_infopp)NULL, (png_infopp)NULL); - return (ERROR); - } - - png_infop end_info = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); - if (!end_info) - { - png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, - (png_infopp)NULL); - return (ERROR); - } - -If you want to use your own memory allocation routines, -define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED and use -png_create_read_struct_2() instead of png_create_read_struct(): - - png_structp png_ptr = png_create_read_struct_2 - (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, - user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp) - user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn); - -The error handling routines passed to png_create_read_struct() -and the memory alloc/free routines passed to png_create_struct_2() -are only necessary if you are not using the libpng supplied error -handling and memory alloc/free functions. - -When libpng encounters an error, it expects to longjmp back -to your routine. Therefore, you will need to call setjmp and pass -your png_jmpbuf(png_ptr). If you read the file from different -routines, you will need to update the jmpbuf field every time you enter -a new routine that will call a png_*() function. - -See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp for your compiler for more -information on setjmp/longjmp. See the discussion on libpng error -handling in the Customizing Libpng section below for more information -on the libpng error handling. If an error occurs, and libpng longjmp's -back to your setjmp, you will want to call png_destroy_read_struct() to -free any memory. - - if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) - { - png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, - &end_info); - fclose(fp); - return (ERROR); - } - -If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues, -you can compile libpng with PNG_SETJMP_NOT_SUPPORTED, in which case -errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort(). - -Now you need to set up the input code. The default for libpng is to -use the C function fread(). If you use this, you will need to pass a -valid FILE * in the function png_init_io(). Be sure that the file is -opened in binary mode. If you wish to handle reading data in another -way, you need not call the png_init_io() function, but you must then -implement the libpng I/O methods discussed in the Customizing Libpng -section below. - - png_init_io(png_ptr, fp); - -If you had previously opened the file and read any of the signature from -the beginning in order to see if this was a PNG file, you need to let -libpng know that there are some bytes missing from the start of the file. - - png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, number); - -Setting up callback code - -You can set up a callback function to handle any unknown chunks in the -input stream. You must supply the function - - read_chunk_callback(png_ptr ptr, - png_unknown_chunkp chunk); - { - /* The unknown chunk structure contains your - chunk data, along with similar data for any other - unknown chunks: */ - - png_byte name[5]; - png_byte *data; - png_size_t size; - - /* Note that libpng has already taken care of - the CRC handling */ - - /* put your code here. Search for your chunk in the - unknown chunk structure, process it, and return one - of the following: */ - - return (-n); /* chunk had an error */ - return (0); /* did not recognize */ - return (n); /* success */ - } - -(You can give your function another name that you like instead of -"read_chunk_callback") - -To inform libpng about your function, use - - png_set_read_user_chunk_fn(png_ptr, user_chunk_ptr, - read_chunk_callback); - -This names not only the callback function, but also a user pointer that -you can retrieve with - - png_get_user_chunk_ptr(png_ptr); - -If you call the png_set_read_user_chunk_fn() function, then all unknown -chunks will be saved when read, in case your callback function will need -one or more of them. This behavior can be changed with the -png_set_keep_unknown_chunks() function, described below. - -At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be -called after each row has been read, which you can use to control -a progress meter or the like. It's demonstrated in pngtest.c. -You must supply a function - - void read_row_callback(png_ptr ptr, png_uint_32 row, - int pass); - { - /* put your code here */ - } - -(You can give it another name that you like instead of "read_row_callback") - -To inform libpng about your function, use - - png_set_read_status_fn(png_ptr, read_row_callback); - -Unknown-chunk handling - -Now you get to set the way the library processes unknown chunks in the -input PNG stream. Both known and unknown chunks will be read. Normal -behavior is that known chunks will be parsed into information in -various info_ptr members while unknown chunks will be discarded. This -behavior can be wasteful if your application will never use some known -chunk types. To change this, you can call: - - png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, keep, - chunk_list, num_chunks); - keep - 0: default unknown chunk handling - 1: ignore; do not keep - 2: keep only if safe-to-copy - 3: keep even if unsafe-to-copy - You can use these definitions: - PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT 0 - PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER 1 - PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE 2 - PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS 3 - chunk_list - list of chunks affected (a byte string, - five bytes per chunk, NULL or '\0' if - num_chunks is 0) - num_chunks - number of chunks affected; if 0, all - unknown chunks are affected. If nonzero, - only the chunks in the list are affected - -Unknown chunks declared in this way will be saved as raw data onto a -list of png_unknown_chunk structures. If a chunk that is normally -known to libpng is named in the list, it will be handled as unknown, -according to the "keep" directive. If a chunk is named in successive -instances of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(), the final instance will -take precedence. The IHDR and IEND chunks should not be named in -chunk_list; if they are, libpng will process them normally anyway. - -Here is an example of the usage of png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(), -where the private "vpAg" chunk will later be processed by a user chunk -callback function: - - png_byte vpAg[5]={118, 112, 65, 103, (png_byte) '\0'}; - - #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED) - png_byte unused_chunks[]= - { - 104, 73, 83, 84, (png_byte) '\0', /* hIST */ - 105, 84, 88, 116, (png_byte) '\0', /* iTXt */ - 112, 67, 65, 76, (png_byte) '\0', /* pCAL */ - 115, 67, 65, 76, (png_byte) '\0', /* sCAL */ - 115, 80, 76, 84, (png_byte) '\0', /* sPLT */ - 116, 73, 77, 69, (png_byte) '\0', /* tIME */ - }; - #endif - - ... - - #if defined(PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED) - /* ignore all unknown chunks: */ - png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 1, NULL, 0); - /* except for vpAg: */ - png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 2, vpAg, 1); - /* also ignore unused known chunks: */ - png_set_keep_unknown_chunks(read_ptr, 1, unused_chunks, - (int)sizeof(unused_chunks)/5); - #endif - -User limits - -The PNG specification allows the width and height of an image to be as -large as 2^31-1 (0x7fffffff), or about 2.147 billion rows and columns. -Since very few applications really need to process such large images, -we have imposed an arbitrary 1-million limit on rows and columns. -Larger images will be rejected immediately with a png_error() call. If -you wish to override this limit, you can use - - png_set_user_limits(png_ptr, width_max, height_max); - -to set your own limits, or use width_max = height_max = 0x7fffffffL -to allow all valid dimensions (libpng may reject some very large images -anyway because of potential buffer overflow conditions). - -You should put this statement after you create the PNG structure and -before calling png_read_info(), png_read_png(), or png_process_data(). -If you need to retrieve the limits that are being applied, use - - width_max = png_get_user_width_max(png_ptr); - height_max = png_get_user_height_max(png_ptr); - -The PNG specification sets no limit on the number of ancillary chunks -allowed in a PNG datastream. You can impose a limit on the total number -of sPLT, tEXt, iTXt, zTXt, and unknown chunks that will be stored, with - - png_set_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr, user_chunk_cache_max); - -where 0x7fffffffL means unlimited. You can retrieve this limit with - - chunk_cache_max = png_get_chunk_cache_max(png_ptr); - -This limit also applies to the number of buffers that can be allocated -by png_decompress_chunk() while decompressing iTXt, zTXt, and iCCP chunks. - -The high-level read interface - -At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level -read interface, or through a sequence of low-level read operations. -You can use the high-level interface if (a) you are willing to read -the entire image into memory, and (b) the input transformations -you want to do are limited to the following set: - - PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY No transformation - PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 Strip 16-bit samples to - 8 bits - PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_ALPHA Discard the alpha channel - PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING Expand 1, 2 and 4-bit - samples to bytes - PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP Change order of packed - pixels to LSB first - PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND Perform set_expand() - PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO Invert monochrome images - PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT Normalize pixels to the - sBIT depth - PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA - to BGRA - PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA - to AG - PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA Change alpha from opacity - to transparency - PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN Byte-swap 16-bit samples - PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB Expand grayscale samples - to RGB (or GA to RGBA) - -(This excludes setting a background color, doing gamma transformation, -dithering, and setting filler.) If this is the case, simply do this: - - png_read_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL) - -where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some -set of transformation flags. This call is equivalent to png_read_info(), -followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask, -then png_read_image(), and finally png_read_end(). - -(The final parameter of this call is not yet used. Someday it might point -to transformation parameters required by some future input transform.) - -You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions -when you use png_read_png(). - -After you have called png_read_png(), you can retrieve the image data -with - - row_pointers = png_get_rows(png_ptr, info_ptr); - -where row_pointers is an array of pointers to the pixel data for each row: - - png_bytep row_pointers[height]; - -If you know your image size and pixel size ahead of time, you can allocate -row_pointers prior to calling png_read_png() with - - if (height > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/png_sizeof(png_byte)) - png_error (png_ptr, - "Image is too tall to process in memory"); - if (width > PNG_UINT_32_MAX/pixel_size) - png_error (png_ptr, - "Image is too wide to process in memory"); - row_pointers = png_malloc(png_ptr, - height*png_sizeof(png_bytep)); - for (int i=0; i) and -png_get_(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...) functions return non-zero if the -data has been read, or zero if it is missing. The parameters to the -png_get_ are set directly if they are simple data types, or a -pointer into the info_ptr is returned for any complex types. - - png_get_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette, - &num_palette); - palette - the palette for the file - (array of png_color) - num_palette - number of entries in the palette - - png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &gamma); - gamma - the gamma the file is written - at (PNG_INFO_gAMA) - - png_get_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, &srgb_intent); - srgb_intent - the rendering intent (PNG_INFO_sRGB) - The presence of the sRGB chunk - means that the pixel data is in the - sRGB color space. This chunk also - implies specific values of gAMA and - cHRM. - - png_get_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, &name, - &compression_type, &profile, &proflen); - name - The profile name. - compression - The compression type; always - PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0. - You may give NULL to this argument to - ignore it. - profile - International Color Consortium color - profile data. May contain NULs. - proflen - length of profile data in bytes. - - png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit); - sig_bit - the number of significant bits for - (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray, - red, green, and blue channels, - whichever are appropriate for the - given color type (png_color_16) - - png_get_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, &trans, &num_trans, - &trans_values); - trans - array of transparent - entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS) - trans_values - graylevel or color sample values of - the single transparent color for - non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS) - num_trans - number of transparent entries - (PNG_INFO_tRNS) - - png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, &hist); - (PNG_INFO_hIST) - hist - histogram of palette (array of - png_uint_16) - - png_get_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, &mod_time); - mod_time - time image was last modified - (PNG_VALID_tIME) - - png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &background); - background - background color (PNG_VALID_bKGD) - valid 16-bit red, green and blue - values, regardless of color_type - - num_comments = png_get_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, - &text_ptr, &num_text); - num_comments - number of comments - text_ptr - array of png_text holding image - comments - text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used - on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE - PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt - PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE - PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt - text_ptr[i].key - keyword for comment. Must contain - 1-79 characters. - text_ptr[i].text - text comments for current - keyword. Can be empty. - text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string, - after decompression, 0 for iTXt - text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string, - after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt - text_ptr[i].lang - language of comment (empty - string for unknown). - text_ptr[i].lang_key - keyword in UTF-8 - (empty string for unknown). - Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key - members of the text_ptr structure only exist - when the library is built with iTXt chunk support. - - num_text - number of comments (same as - num_comments; you can put NULL here - to avoid the duplication) - Note while png_set_text() will accept text, language, - and translated keywords that can be NULL pointers, the - structure returned by png_get_text will always contain - regular zero-terminated C strings. They might be - empty strings but they will never be NULL pointers. - - num_spalettes = png_get_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr, - &palette_ptr); - palette_ptr - array of palette structures holding - contents of one or more sPLT chunks - read. - num_spalettes - number of sPLT chunks read. - - png_get_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &offset_x, &offset_y, - &unit_type); - offset_x - positive offset from the left edge - of the screen - offset_y - positive offset from the top edge - of the screen - unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER - - png_get_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, &res_x, &res_y, - &unit_type); - res_x - pixels/unit physical resolution in - x direction - res_y - pixels/unit physical resolution in - x direction - unit_type - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN, - PNG_RESOLUTION_METER - - png_get_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width, - &height) - unit - physical scale units (an integer) - width - width of a pixel in physical scale units - height - height of a pixel in physical scale units - (width and height are doubles) - - png_get_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unit, &width, - &height) - unit - physical scale units (an integer) - width - width of a pixel in physical scale units - height - height of a pixel in physical scale units - (width and height are strings like "2.54") - - num_unknown_chunks = png_get_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, - info_ptr, &unknowns) - unknowns - array of png_unknown_chunk - structures holding unknown chunks - unknowns[i].name - name of unknown chunk - unknowns[i].data - data of unknown chunk - unknowns[i].size - size of unknown chunk's data - unknowns[i].location - position of chunk in file - - The value of "i" corresponds to the order in which the - chunks were read from the PNG file or inserted with the - png_set_unknown_chunks() function. - -The data from the pHYs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient -forms: - - res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr, - info_ptr) - res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr, - info_ptr) - res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_meter(png_ptr, - info_ptr) - res_x = png_get_x_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr, - info_ptr) - res_y = png_get_y_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr, - info_ptr) - res_x_and_y = png_get_pixels_per_inch(png_ptr, - info_ptr) - aspect_ratio = png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio(png_ptr, - info_ptr) - - (Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown"] if - the data is not present or if res_x is 0; - res_x_and_y is 0 if res_x != res_y) - -The data from the oFFs chunk can be retrieved in several convenient -forms: - - x_offset = png_get_x_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr); - y_offset = png_get_y_offset_microns(png_ptr, info_ptr); - x_offset = png_get_x_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr); - y_offset = png_get_y_offset_inches(png_ptr, info_ptr); - - (Each of these returns 0 [signifying "unknown" if both - x and y are 0] if the data is not present or if the - chunk is present but the unit is the pixel) - -For more information, see the png_info definition in png.h and the -PNG specification for chunk contents. Be careful with trusting -rowbytes, as some of the transformations could increase the space -needed to hold a row (expand, filler, gray_to_rgb, etc.). -See png_read_update_info(), below. - -A quick word about text_ptr and num_text. PNG stores comments in -keyword/text pairs, one pair per chunk, with no limit on the number -of text chunks, and a 2^31 byte limit on their size. While there are -suggested keywords, there is no requirement to restrict the use to these -strings. It is strongly suggested that keywords and text be sensible -to humans (that's the point), so don't use abbreviations. Non-printing -symbols are not allowed. See the PNG specification for more details. -There is also no requirement to have text after the keyword. - -Keywords should be limited to 79 Latin-1 characters without leading or -trailing spaces, but non-consecutive spaces are allowed within the -keyword. It is possible to have the same keyword any number of times. -The text_ptr is an array of png_text structures, each holding a -pointer to a language string, a pointer to a keyword and a pointer to -a text string. The text string, language code, and translated -keyword may be empty or NULL pointers. The keyword/text -pairs are put into the array in the order that they are received. -However, some or all of the text chunks may be after the image, so, to -make sure you have read all the text chunks, don't mess with these -until after you read the stuff after the image. This will be -mentioned again below in the discussion that goes with png_read_end(). - -Input transformations - -After you've read the header information, you can set up the library -to handle any special transformations of the image data. The various -ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they -should occur. This is important, as some of these change the color -type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on -certain color types and bit depths. Even though each transformation -checks to see if it has data that it can do something with, you should -make sure to only enable a transformation if it will be valid for the -data. For example, don't swap red and blue on grayscale data. - -The colors used for the background and transparency values should be -supplied in the same format/depth as the current image data. They -are stored in the same format/depth as the image data in a bKGD or tRNS -chunk, so this is what libpng expects for this data. The colors are -transformed to keep in sync with the image data when an application -calls the png_read_update_info() routine (see below). - -Data will be decoded into the supplied row buffers packed into bytes -unless the library has been told to transform it into another format. -For example, 4 bit/pixel paletted or grayscale data will be returned -2 pixels/byte with the leftmost pixel in the high-order bits of the -byte, unless png_set_packing() is called. 8-bit RGB data will be stored -in RGB RGB RGB format unless png_set_filler() -is called to insert filler bytes, either before or after each RGB triplet. -16-bit RGB data will be returned RRGGBB RRGGBB, with the most significant -byte of the color value first, unless png_set_strip_16() is called to -transform it to regular RGB RGB triplets, or png_set_filler() or -png_set_add alpha() is called to insert filler bytes, either before or -after each RRGGBB triplet. Similarly, 8-bit or 16-bit grayscale data can -be modified with -png_set_filler() or png_set_strip_16(). - -The following code transforms grayscale images of less than 8 to 8 bits, -changes paletted images to RGB, and adds a full alpha channel if there is -transparency information in a tRNS chunk. This is most useful on -grayscale images with bit depths of 2 or 4 or if there is a multiple-image -viewing application that wishes to treat all images in the same way. - - if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE) - png_set_palette_to_rgb(png_ptr); - - if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY && - bit_depth < 8) png_set_gray_1_2_4_to_8(png_ptr); - - if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, - PNG_INFO_tRNS)) png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(png_ptr); - -These three functions are actually aliases for png_set_expand(), added -in libpng version 1.0.4, with the function names expanded to improve code -readability. In some future version they may actually do different -things. - -As of libpng version 1.2.9, png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was -added. It expands the sample depth without changing tRNS to alpha. - -As of libpng version 1.0.51rc01, not all possible expansions are supported. - -In the following table, the 01 means grayscale with depth<8, 31 means -indexed with depth<8, other numerals represent the color type, "T" means -the tRNS chunk is present, A means an alpha channel is present, and O -means tRNS or alpha is present but all pixels in the image are opaque. - - FROM 01 31 0 0T 0O 2 2T 2O 3 3T 3O 4A 4O 6A 6O - TO - 01 - - 31 - - 0 1 - - 0T - - 0O - - 2 GX - - 2T - - 2O - - 3 1 - - 3T - - 3O - - 4A T - - 4O - - 6A GX TX TX - - 6O GX TX - - -Within the matrix, - "-" means the transformation is not supported. - "X" means the transformation is obtained by png_set_expand(). - "1" means the transformation is obtained by - png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8 - "G" means the transformation is obtained by - png_set_gray_to_rgb(). - "P" means the transformation is obtained by - png_set_expand_palette_to_rgb(). - "T" means the transformation is obtained by - png_set_tRNS_to_alpha(). - -PNG can have files with 16 bits per channel. If you only can handle -8 bits per channel, this will strip the pixels down to 8 bit. - - if (bit_depth == 16) - png_set_strip_16(png_ptr); - -If, for some reason, you don't need the alpha channel on an image, -and you want to remove it rather than combining it with the background -(but the image author certainly had in mind that you *would* combine -it with the background, so that's what you should probably do): - - if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) - png_set_strip_alpha(png_ptr); - -In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image -is the level of opacity. If you need the alpha channel in an image to -be the level of transparency instead of opacity, you can invert the -alpha channel (or the tRNS chunk data) after it's read, so that 0 is -fully opaque and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535 (in 16-bit -images) is fully transparent, with - - png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr); - -The PNG format only supports pixels with postmultiplied alpha. -If you want to replace the pixels, after reading them, with pixels -that have premultiplied color samples, you can do this with - - png_set_premultiply_alpha(png_ptr); - -If you do this, any input with a tRNS chunk will be expanded to -have an alpha channel. - -PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as -they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit -files. This code expands to 1 pixel per byte without changing the -values of the pixels: - - if (bit_depth < 8) - png_set_packing(png_ptr); - -PNG files have possible bit depths of 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16. All pixels -stored in a PNG image have been "scaled" or "shifted" up to the next -higher possible bit depth (e.g. from 5 bits/sample in the range [0,31] -to 8 bits/sample in the range [0, 255]). However, it is also possible -to convert the PNG pixel data back to the original bit depth of the -image. This call reduces the pixels back down to the original bit depth: - - png_color_8p sig_bit; - - if (png_get_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit)) - png_set_shift(png_ptr, sig_bit); - -PNG files store 3-color pixels in red, green, blue order. This code -changes the storage of the pixels to blue, green, red: - - if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || - color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA) - png_set_bgr(png_ptr); - -PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code expands them -into 4 or 8 bytes for windowing systems that need them in this format: - - if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB) - png_set_filler(png_ptr, filler, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE); - -where "filler" is the 8 or 16-bit number to fill with, and the location is -either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether -you want the filler before the RGB or after. This transformation -does not affect images that already have full alpha channels. To add an -opaque alpha channel, use filler=0xff or 0xffff and PNG_FILLER_AFTER which -will generate RGBA pixels. - - color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) -If you are reading an image with an alpha channel, and you need the -data as ARGB instead of the normal PNG format RGBA: - - if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA) - png_set_swap_alpha(png_ptr); - -For some uses, you may want a grayscale image to be represented as -RGB. This code will do that conversion: - - if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY || - color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA) - png_set_gray_to_rgb(png_ptr); - -Conversely, you can convert an RGB or RGBA image to grayscale or grayscale -with alpha. - - if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB || - color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA) - png_set_rgb_to_gray_fixed(png_ptr, error_action, - int red_weight, int green_weight); - - error_action = 1: silently do the conversion - error_action = 2: issue a warning if the original - image has any pixel where - red != green or red != blue - error_action = 3: issue an error and abort the - conversion if the original - image has any pixel where - red != green or red != blue - - red_weight: weight of red component times 100000 - green_weight: weight of green component times 100000 - If either weight is negative, default - weights (21268, 71514) are used. - -If you have set error_action = 1 or 2, you can -later check whether the image really was gray, after processing -the image rows, with the png_get_rgb_to_gray_status(png_ptr) function. -It will return a png_byte that is zero if the image was gray or -1 if there were any non-gray pixels. bKGD and sBIT data -will be silently converted to grayscale, using the green channel -data, regardless of the error_action setting. - -With red_weight+green_weight<=100000, -the normalized graylevel is computed: - - int rw = red_weight * 65536; - int gw = green_weight * 65536; - int bw = 65536 - (rw + gw); - gray = (rw*red + gw*green + bw*blue)/65536; - -The default values approximate those recommended in the Charles -Poynton's Color FAQ, -Copyright (c) 1998-01-04 Charles Poynton - - Y = 0.212671 * R + 0.715160 * G + 0.072169 * B - -Libpng approximates this with - - Y = 0.21268 * R + 0.7151 * G + 0.07217 * B - -which can be expressed with integers as - - Y = (6969 * R + 23434 * G + 2365 * B)/32768 - -The calculation is done in a linear colorspace, if the image gamma -is known. - -If you have a grayscale and you are using png_set_expand_depth(), -png_set_expand(), or png_set_gray_to_rgb to change to truecolor or to -a higher bit-depth, you must either supply the background color as a gray -value at the original file bit-depth (need_expand = 1) or else supply the -background color as an RGB triplet at the final, expanded bit depth -(need_expand = 0). Similarly, if you are reading a paletted image, you -must either supply the background color as a palette index (need_expand = 1) -or as an RGB triplet that may or may not be in the palette (need_expand = 0). - - png_color_16 my_background; - png_color_16p image_background; - - if (png_get_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, &image_background)) - png_set_background(png_ptr, image_background, - PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE, 1, 1.0); - else - png_set_background(png_ptr, &my_background, - PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN, 0, 1.0); - -The png_set_background() function tells libpng to composite images -with alpha or simple transparency against the supplied background -color. If the PNG file contains a bKGD chunk (PNG_INFO_bKGD valid), -you may use this color, or supply another color more suitable for -the current display (e.g., the background color from a web page). You -need to tell libpng whether the color is in the gamma space of the -display (PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN for colors you supply), the file -(PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE for colors from the bKGD chunk), or one -that is neither of these gammas (PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNIQUE - I don't -know why anyone would use this, but it's here). - -To properly display PNG images on any kind of system, the application needs -to know what the display gamma is. Ideally, the user will know this, and -the application will allow them to set it. One method of allowing the user -to set the display gamma separately for each system is to check for a -SCREEN_GAMMA or DISPLAY_GAMMA environment variable, which will hopefully be -correctly set. - -Note that display_gamma is the overall gamma correction required to produce -pleasing results, which depends on the lighting conditions in the surrounding -environment. In a dim or brightly lit room, no compensation other than -the physical gamma exponent of the monitor is needed, while in a dark room -a slightly smaller exponent is better. - - double gamma, screen_gamma; - - if (/* We have a user-defined screen - gamma value */) - { - screen_gamma = user_defined_screen_gamma; - } - /* One way that applications can share the same - screen gamma value */ - else if ((gamma_str = getenv("SCREEN_GAMMA")) - != NULL) - { - screen_gamma = (double)atof(gamma_str); - } - /* If we don't have another value */ - else - { - screen_gamma = 2.2; /* A good guess for a - PC monitor in a bright office or a dim room */ - screen_gamma = 2.0; /* A good guess for a - PC monitor in a dark room */ - screen_gamma = 1.7 or 1.0; /* A good - guess for Mac systems */ - } - -The png_set_gamma() function handles gamma transformations of the data. -Pass both the file gamma and the current screen_gamma. If the file does -not have a gamma value, you can pass one anyway if you have an idea what -it is (usually 0.45455 is a good guess for GIF images on PCs). Note -that file gammas are inverted from screen gammas. See the discussions -on gamma in the PNG specification for an excellent description of what -gamma is, and why all applications should support it. It is strongly -recommended that PNG viewers support gamma correction. - - if (png_get_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, &gamma)) - png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, gamma); - else - png_set_gamma(png_ptr, screen_gamma, 0.45455); - -If you need to reduce an RGB file to a paletted file, or if a paletted -file has more entries then will fit on your screen, png_set_dither() -will do that. Note that this is a simple match dither that merely -finds the closest color available. This should work fairly well with -optimized palettes, and fairly badly with linear color cubes. If you -pass a palette that is larger then maximum_colors, the file will -reduce the number of colors in the palette so it will fit into -maximum_colors. If there is a histogram, it will use it to make -more intelligent choices when reducing the palette. If there is no -histogram, it may not do as good a job. - - if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) - { - if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, - PNG_INFO_PLTE)) - { - png_uint_16p histogram = NULL; - - png_get_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, - &histogram); - png_set_dither(png_ptr, palette, num_palette, - max_screen_colors, histogram, 1); - } - else - { - png_color std_color_cube[MAX_SCREEN_COLORS] = - { ... colors ... }; - - png_set_dither(png_ptr, std_color_cube, - MAX_SCREEN_COLORS, MAX_SCREEN_COLORS, - NULL,0); - } - } - -PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being one. -The following code will reverse this (make black be one and white be -zero): - - if (bit_depth == 1 && color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) - png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr); - -This function can also be used to invert grayscale and gray-alpha images: - - if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY || - color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA) - png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr); - -PNG files store 16 bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian, -ie. most significant bits first). This code changes the storage to the -other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits first, the -way PCs store them): - - if (bit_depth == 16) - png_set_swap(png_ptr); - -If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you -need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use: - - if (bit_depth < 8) - png_set_packswap(png_ptr); - -Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of -the existing ones meets your needs. This is done by setting a callback -with - - png_set_read_user_transform_fn(png_ptr, - read_transform_fn); - -You must supply the function - - void read_transform_fn(png_ptr ptr, row_info_ptr - row_info, png_bytep data) - -See pngtest.c for a working example. Your function will be called -after all of the other transformations have been processed. - -You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your -callback function, and you can inform libpng that your transform -function will change the number of channels or bit depth with the -function - - png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr, - user_depth, user_channels); - -The user's application, not libpng, is responsible for allocating and -freeing any memory required for the user structure. - -You can retrieve the pointer via the function -png_get_user_transform_ptr(). For example: - - voidp read_user_transform_ptr = - png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr); - -The last thing to handle is interlacing; this is covered in detail below, -but you must call the function here if you want libpng to handle expansion -of the interlaced image. - - number_of_passes = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr); - -After setting the transformations, libpng can update your png_info -structure to reflect any transformations you've requested with this -call. This is most useful to update the info structure's rowbytes -field so you can use it to allocate your image memory. This function -will also update your palette with the correct screen_gamma and -background if these have been given with the calls above. - - png_read_update_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); - -After you call png_read_update_info(), you can allocate any -memory you need to hold the image. The row data is simply -raw byte data for all forms of images. As the actual allocation -varies among applications, no example will be given. If you -are allocating one large chunk, you will need to build an -array of pointers to each row, as it will be needed for some -of the functions below. - -Reading image data - -After you've allocated memory, you can read the image data. -The simplest way to do this is in one function call. If you are -allocating enough memory to hold the whole image, you can just -call png_read_image() and libpng will read in all the image data -and put it in the memory area supplied. You will need to pass in -an array of pointers to each row. - -This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't need -to call png_set_interlace_handling() or call this function multiple -times, or any of that other stuff necessary with png_read_rows(). - - png_read_image(png_ptr, row_pointers); - -where row_pointers is: - - png_bytep row_pointers[height]; - -You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels. - -If you don't want to read in the whole image at once, you can -use png_read_rows() instead. If there is no interlacing (check -interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_NONE), this is simple: - - png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL, - number_of_rows); - -where row_pointers is the same as in the png_read_image() call. - -If you are doing this just one row at a time, you can do this with -a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers: - - png_bytep row_pointer = row; - png_read_row(png_ptr, row_pointer, NULL); - -If the file is interlaced (interlace_type != 0 in the IHDR chunk), things -get somewhat harder. The only current (PNG Specification version 1.2) -interlacing type for PNG is (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7) -is a somewhat complicated 2D interlace scheme, known as Adam7, that -breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying size, based -on an 8x8 grid. - -libpng can fill out those images or it can give them to you "as is". -If you want them filled out, there are two ways to do that. The one -mentioned in the PNG specification is to expand each pixel to cover -those pixels that have not been read yet (the "rectangle" method). -This results in a blocky image for the first pass, which gradually -smooths out as more pixels are read. The other method is the "sparkle" -method, where pixels are drawn only in their final locations, with the -rest of the image remaining whatever colors they were initialized to -before the start of the read. The first method usually looks better, -but tends to be slower, as there are more pixels to put in the rows. - -If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just call -png_read_rows() seven times to read in all seven images. Each of the -images is a valid image by itself, or they can all be combined on an -8x8 grid to form a single image (although if you intend to combine them -you would be far better off using the libpng interlace handling). - -The first pass will return an image 1/8 as wide as the entire image -(every 8th column starting in column 0) and 1/8 as high as the original -(every 8th row starting in row 0), the second will be 1/8 as wide -(starting in column 4) and 1/8 as high (also starting in row 0). The -third pass will be 1/4 as wide (every 4th pixel starting in column 0) and -1/8 as high (every 8th row starting in row 4), and the fourth pass will -be 1/4 as wide and 1/4 as high (every 4th column starting in column 2, -and every 4th row starting in row 0). The fifth pass will return an -image 1/2 as wide, and 1/4 as high (starting at column 0 and row 2), -while the sixth pass will be 1/2 as wide and 1/2 as high as the original -(starting in column 1 and row 0). The seventh and final pass will be as -wide as the original, and 1/2 as high, containing all of the odd -numbered scanlines. Phew! - -If you want libpng to expand the images, call this before calling -png_start_read_image() or png_read_update_info(): - - if (interlace_type == PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7) - number_of_passes - = png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr); - -This will return the number of passes needed. Currently, this -is seven, but may change if another interlace type is added. -This function can be called even if the file is not interlaced, -where it will return one pass. - -If you are not going to display the image after each pass, but are -going to wait until the entire image is read in, use the sparkle -effect. This effect is faster and the end result of either method -is exactly the same. If you are planning on displaying the image -after each pass, the "rectangle" effect is generally considered the -better looking one. - -If you only want the "sparkle" effect, just call png_read_rows() as -normal, with the third parameter NULL. Make sure you make pass over -the image number_of_passes times, and you don't change the data in the -rows between calls. You can change the locations of the data, just -not the data. Each pass only writes the pixels appropriate for that -pass, and assumes the data from previous passes is still valid. - - png_read_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, NULL, - number_of_rows); - -If you only want the first effect (the rectangles), do the same as -before except pass the row buffer in the third parameter, and leave -the second parameter NULL. - - png_read_rows(png_ptr, NULL, row_pointers, - number_of_rows); - -Finishing a sequential read - -After you are finished reading the image through the -low-level interface, you can finish reading the file. If you are -interested in comments or time, which may be stored either before or -after the image data, you should pass the separate png_info struct if -you want to keep the comments from before and after the image -separate. If you are not interested, you can pass NULL. - - png_read_end(png_ptr, end_info); - -When you are done, you can free all memory allocated by libpng like this: - - png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, - &end_info); - -It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that -point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function: - - png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq) - mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask - containing the bitwise OR of one or - more of - PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS, - PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP, - PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS, - PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT, - PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN, - or simply PNG_FREE_ALL - seq - sequence number of item to be freed - (-1 for all items) - -This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has -already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated -by the user and not by libpng, and will in those cases do nothing. -The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data -type, such as PLTE, is allowed. If "seq" is not -1, and multiple items -are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or -sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq". - -The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally -by libpng. This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data, -or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc() -or png_zalloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with - - png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask) - mask - which data elements are affected - same choices as in png_free_data() - freer - one of - PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA - PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA - PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA - -This function only affects data that has already been allocated. -You can call this function after reading the PNG data but before calling -any png_set_*() functions, to control whether the user or the png_set_*() -function is responsible for freeing any existing data that might be present, -and again after the png_set_*() functions to control whether the user -or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data. When the user assumes -responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the application must use -png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng -for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc() -or png_zalloc() to allocate it. - -If you allocated your row_pointers in a single block, as suggested above in -the description of the high level read interface, you must not transfer -responsibility for freeing it to the png_set_rows or png_read_destroy function, -because they would also try to free the individual row_pointers[i]. - -If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword -separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng, -because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with -the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key. Similarly, -if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your -application, your application must not separately free those members. - -The png_free_data() function will turn off the "valid" flag for anything -it frees. If you need to turn the flag off for a chunk that was freed by -your application instead of by libpng, you can use - - png_set_invalid(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask); - mask - identifies the chunks to be made invalid, - containing the bitwise OR of one or - more of - PNG_INFO_gAMA, PNG_INFO_sBIT, - PNG_INFO_cHRM, PNG_INFO_PLTE, - PNG_INFO_tRNS, PNG_INFO_bKGD, - PNG_INFO_hIST, PNG_INFO_pHYs, - PNG_INFO_oFFs, PNG_INFO_tIME, - PNG_INFO_pCAL, PNG_INFO_sRGB, - PNG_INFO_iCCP, PNG_INFO_sPLT, - PNG_INFO_sCAL, PNG_INFO_IDAT - -For a more compact example of reading a PNG image, see the file example.c. - -Reading PNG files progressively - -The progressive reader is slightly different then the non-progressive -reader. Instead of calling png_read_info(), png_read_rows(), and -png_read_end(), you make one call to png_process_data(), which calls -callbacks when it has the info, a row, or the end of the image. You -set up these callbacks with png_set_progressive_read_fn(). You don't -have to worry about the input/output functions of libpng, as you are -giving the library the data directly in png_process_data(). I will -assume that you have read the section on reading PNG files above, -so I will only highlight the differences (although I will show -all of the code). - -png_structp png_ptr; -png_infop info_ptr; - - /* An example code fragment of how you would - initialize the progressive reader in your - application. */ - int - initialize_png_reader() - { - png_ptr = png_create_read_struct - (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, - user_error_fn, user_warning_fn); - if (!png_ptr) - return (ERROR); - info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); - if (!info_ptr) - { - png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, (png_infopp)NULL, - (png_infopp)NULL); - return (ERROR); - } - - if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) - { - png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, - (png_infopp)NULL); - return (ERROR); - } - - /* This one's new. You can provide functions - to be called when the header info is valid, - when each row is completed, and when the image - is finished. If you aren't using all functions, - you can specify NULL parameters. Even when all - three functions are NULL, you need to call - png_set_progressive_read_fn(). You can use - any struct as the user_ptr (cast to a void pointer - for the function call), and retrieve the pointer - from inside the callbacks using the function - - png_get_progressive_ptr(png_ptr); - - which will return a void pointer, which you have - to cast appropriately. - */ - png_set_progressive_read_fn(png_ptr, (void *)user_ptr, - info_callback, row_callback, end_callback); - - return 0; - } - - /* A code fragment that you call as you receive blocks - of data */ - int - process_data(png_bytep buffer, png_uint_32 length) - { - if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) - { - png_destroy_read_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr, - (png_infopp)NULL); - return (ERROR); - } - - /* This one's new also. Simply give it a chunk - of data from the file stream (in order, of - course). On machines with segmented memory - models machines, don't give it any more than - 64K. The library seems to run fine with sizes - of 4K. Although you can give it much less if - necessary (I assume you can give it chunks of - 1 byte, I haven't tried less then 256 bytes - yet). When this function returns, you may - want to display any rows that were generated - in the row callback if you don't already do - so there. - */ - png_process_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, buffer, length); - return 0; - } - - /* This function is called (as set by - png_set_progressive_read_fn() above) when enough data - has been supplied so all of the header has been - read. - */ - void - info_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info) - { - /* Do any setup here, including setting any of - the transformations mentioned in the Reading - PNG files section. For now, you _must_ call - either png_start_read_image() or - png_read_update_info() after all the - transformations are set (even if you don't set - any). You may start getting rows before - png_process_data() returns, so this is your - last chance to prepare for that. - */ - } - - /* This function is called when each row of image - data is complete */ - void - row_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_bytep new_row, - png_uint_32 row_num, int pass) - { - /* If the image is interlaced, and you turned - on the interlace handler, this function will - be called for every row in every pass. Some - of these rows will not be changed from the - previous pass. When the row is not changed, - the new_row variable will be NULL. The rows - and passes are called in order, so you don't - really need the row_num and pass, but I'm - supplying them because it may make your life - easier. - - For the non-NULL rows of interlaced images, - you must call png_progressive_combine_row() - passing in the row and the old row. You can - call this function for NULL rows (it will just - return) and for non-interlaced images (it just - does the memcpy for you) if it will make the - code easier. Thus, you can just do this for - all cases: - */ - - png_progressive_combine_row(png_ptr, old_row, - new_row); - - /* where old_row is what was displayed for - previously for the row. Note that the first - pass (pass == 0, really) will completely cover - the old row, so the rows do not have to be - initialized. After the first pass (and only - for interlaced images), you will have to pass - the current row, and the function will combine - the old row and the new row. - */ - } - - void - end_callback(png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info) - { - /* This function is called after the whole image - has been read, including any chunks after the - image (up to and including the IEND). You - will usually have the same info chunk as you - had in the header, although some data may have - been added to the comments and time fields. - - Most people won't do much here, perhaps setting - a flag that marks the image as finished. - */ - } - - - -IV. Writing - -Much of this is very similar to reading. However, everything of -importance is repeated here, so you won't have to constantly look -back up in the reading section to understand writing. - -Setup - -You will want to do the I/O initialization before you get into libpng, -so if it doesn't work, you don't have anything to undo. If you are not -using the standard I/O functions, you will need to replace them with -custom writing functions. See the discussion under Customizing libpng. - - FILE *fp = fopen(file_name, "wb"); - if (!fp) - { - return (ERROR); - } - -Next, png_struct and png_info need to be allocated and initialized. -As these can be both relatively large, you may not want to store these -on the stack, unless you have stack space to spare. Of course, you -will want to check if they return NULL. If you are also reading, -you won't want to name your read structure and your write structure -both "png_ptr"; you can call them anything you like, such as -"read_ptr" and "write_ptr". Look at pngtest.c, for example. - - png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct - (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, - user_error_fn, user_warning_fn); - if (!png_ptr) - return (ERROR); - - png_infop info_ptr = png_create_info_struct(png_ptr); - if (!info_ptr) - { - png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, - (png_infopp)NULL); - return (ERROR); - } - -If you want to use your own memory allocation routines, -define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED and use -png_create_write_struct_2() instead of png_create_write_struct(): - - png_structp png_ptr = png_create_write_struct_2 - (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, (png_voidp)user_error_ptr, - user_error_fn, user_warning_fn, (png_voidp) - user_mem_ptr, user_malloc_fn, user_free_fn); - -After you have these structures, you will need to set up the -error handling. When libpng encounters an error, it expects to -longjmp() back to your routine. Therefore, you will need to call -setjmp() and pass the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr). If you -write the file from different routines, you will need to update -the png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) every time you enter a new routine that will -call a png_*() function. See your documentation of setjmp/longjmp -for your compiler for more information on setjmp/longjmp. See -the discussion on libpng error handling in the Customizing Libpng -section below for more information on the libpng error handling. - - if (setjmp(png_jmpbuf(png_ptr))) - { - png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr); - fclose(fp); - return (ERROR); - } - ... - return; - -If you would rather avoid the complexity of setjmp/longjmp issues, -you can compile libpng with PNG_SETJMP_NOT_SUPPORTED, in which case -errors will result in a call to PNG_ABORT() which defaults to abort(). - -Now you need to set up the output code. The default for libpng is to -use the C function fwrite(). If you use this, you will need to pass a -valid FILE * in the function png_init_io(). Be sure that the file is -opened in binary mode. Again, if you wish to handle writing data in -another way, see the discussion on libpng I/O handling in the Customizing -Libpng section below. - - png_init_io(png_ptr, fp); - -If you are embedding your PNG into a datastream such as MNG, and don't -want libpng to write the 8-byte signature, or if you have already -written the signature in your application, use - - png_set_sig_bytes(png_ptr, 8); - -to inform libpng that it should not write a signature. - -Write callbacks - -At this point, you can set up a callback function that will be -called after each row has been written, which you can use to control -a progress meter or the like. It's demonstrated in pngtest.c. -You must supply a function - - void write_row_callback(png_ptr, png_uint_32 row, - int pass); - { - /* put your code here */ - } - -(You can give it another name that you like instead of "write_row_callback") - -To inform libpng about your function, use - - png_set_write_status_fn(png_ptr, write_row_callback); - -You now have the option of modifying how the compression library will -run. The following functions are mainly for testing, but may be useful -in some cases, like if you need to write PNG files extremely fast and -are willing to give up some compression, or if you want to get the -maximum possible compression at the expense of slower writing. If you -have no special needs in this area, let the library do what it wants by -not calling this function at all, as it has been tuned to deliver a good -speed/compression ratio. The second parameter to png_set_filter() is -the filter method, for which the only valid values are 0 (as of the -July 1999 PNG specification, version 1.2) or 64 (if you are writing -a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG datastream). The third -parameter is a flag that indicates which filter type(s) are to be tested -for each scanline. See the PNG specification for details on the specific -filter types. - - - /* turn on or off filtering, and/or choose - specific filters. You can use either a single - PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NAME or the bitwise OR of one - or more PNG_FILTER_NAME masks. */ - png_set_filter(png_ptr, 0, - PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NONE | - PNG_FILTER_SUB | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_SUB | - PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_UP | - PNG_FILTER_AVG | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_AVG | - PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_FILTER_VALUE_PAETH| - PNG_ALL_FILTERS); - -If an application -wants to start and stop using particular filters during compression, -it should start out with all of the filters (to ensure that the previous -row of pixels will be stored in case it's needed later), and then add -and remove them after the start of compression. - -If you are writing a PNG datastream that is to be embedded in a MNG -datastream, the second parameter can be either 0 or 64. - -The png_set_compression_*() functions interface to the zlib compression -library, and should mostly be ignored unless you really know what you are -doing. The only generally useful call is png_set_compression_level() -which changes how much time zlib spends on trying to compress the image -data. See the Compression Library (zlib.h and algorithm.txt, distributed -with zlib) for details on the compression levels. - - /* set the zlib compression level */ - png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, - Z_BEST_COMPRESSION); - - /* set other zlib parameters */ - png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, 8); - png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr, - Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY); - png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, 15); - png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, 8); - png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, 8192) - -extern PNG_EXPORT(void,png_set_zbuf_size) - -Setting the contents of info for output - -You now need to fill in the png_info structure with all the data you -wish to write before the actual image. Note that the only thing you -are allowed to write after the image is the text chunks and the time -chunk (as of PNG Specification 1.2, anyway). See png_write_end() and -the latest PNG specification for more information on that. If you -wish to write them before the image, fill them in now, and flag that -data as being valid. If you want to wait until after the data, don't -fill them until png_write_end(). For all the fields in png_info and -their data types, see png.h. For explanations of what the fields -contain, see the PNG specification. - -Some of the more important parts of the png_info are: - - png_set_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, width, height, - bit_depth, color_type, interlace_type, - compression_type, filter_method) - width - holds the width of the image - in pixels (up to 2^31). - height - holds the height of the image - in pixels (up to 2^31). - bit_depth - holds the bit depth of one of the - image channels. - (valid values are 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 - and depend also on the - color_type. See also significant - bits (sBIT) below). - color_type - describes which color/alpha - channels are present. - PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY - (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8, 16) - PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA - (bit depths 8, 16) - PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE - (bit depths 1, 2, 4, 8) - PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB - (bit_depths 8, 16) - PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA - (bit_depths 8, 16) - - PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE - PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR - PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA - - interlace_type - PNG_INTERLACE_NONE or - PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7 - compression_type - (must be - PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT) - filter_method - (must be PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT - or, if you are writing a PNG to - be embedded in a MNG datastream, - can also be - PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING) - -If you call png_set_IHDR(), the call must appear before any of the -other png_set_*() functions, because they might require access to some of -the IHDR settings. The remaining png_set_*() functions can be called -in any order. - -If you wish, you can reset the compression_type, interlace_type, or -filter_method later by calling png_set_IHDR() again; if you do this, the -width, height, bit_depth, and color_type must be the same in each call. - - png_set_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, palette, - num_palette); - palette - the palette for the file - (array of png_color) - num_palette - number of entries in the palette - - png_set_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, gamma); - gamma - the gamma the image was created - at (PNG_INFO_gAMA) - - png_set_sRGB(png_ptr, info_ptr, srgb_intent); - srgb_intent - the rendering intent - (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of - the sRGB chunk means that the pixel - data is in the sRGB color space. - This chunk also implies specific - values of gAMA and cHRM. Rendering - intent is the CSS-1 property that - has been defined by the International - Color Consortium - (http://www.color.org). - It can be one of - PNG_sRGB_INTENT_SATURATION, - PNG_sRGB_INTENT_PERCEPTUAL, - PNG_sRGB_INTENT_ABSOLUTE, or - PNG_sRGB_INTENT_RELATIVE. - - - png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM(png_ptr, info_ptr, - srgb_intent); - srgb_intent - the rendering intent - (PNG_INFO_sRGB) The presence of the - sRGB chunk means that the pixel - data is in the sRGB color space. - This function also causes gAMA and - cHRM chunks with the specific values - that are consistent with sRGB to be - written. - - png_set_iCCP(png_ptr, info_ptr, name, compression_type, - profile, proflen); - name - The profile name. - compression - The compression type; always - PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE for PNG 1.0. - You may give NULL to this argument to - ignore it. - profile - International Color Consortium color - profile data. May contain NULs. - proflen - length of profile data in bytes. - - png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, sig_bit); - sig_bit - the number of significant bits for - (PNG_INFO_sBIT) each of the gray, red, - green, and blue channels, whichever are - appropriate for the given color type - (png_color_16) - - png_set_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, trans, num_trans, - trans_values); - trans - array of transparent - entries for palette (PNG_INFO_tRNS) - trans_values - graylevel or color sample values - (in order red, green, blue) of the - single transparent color for - non-paletted images (PNG_INFO_tRNS) - num_trans - number of transparent entries - (PNG_INFO_tRNS) - - png_set_hIST(png_ptr, info_ptr, hist); - (PNG_INFO_hIST) - hist - histogram of palette (array of - png_uint_16) - - png_set_tIME(png_ptr, info_ptr, mod_time); - mod_time - time image was last modified - (PNG_VALID_tIME) - - png_set_bKGD(png_ptr, info_ptr, background); - background - background color (PNG_VALID_bKGD) - - png_set_text(png_ptr, info_ptr, text_ptr, num_text); - text_ptr - array of png_text holding image - comments - text_ptr[i].compression - type of compression used - on "text" PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE - PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt - PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE - PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt - text_ptr[i].key - keyword for comment. Must contain - 1-79 characters. - text_ptr[i].text - text comments for current - keyword. Can be NULL or empty. - text_ptr[i].text_length - length of text string, - after decompression, 0 for iTXt - text_ptr[i].itxt_length - length of itxt string, - after decompression, 0 for tEXt/zTXt - text_ptr[i].lang - language of comment (NULL or - empty for unknown). - text_ptr[i].translated_keyword - keyword in UTF-8 (NULL - or empty for unknown). - Note that the itxt_length, lang, and lang_key - members of the text_ptr structure only exist - when the library is built with iTXt chunk support. - - num_text - number of comments - - png_set_sPLT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette_ptr, - num_spalettes); - palette_ptr - array of png_sPLT_struct structures - to be added to the list of palettes - in the info structure. - num_spalettes - number of palette structures to be - added. - - png_set_oFFs(png_ptr, info_ptr, offset_x, offset_y, - unit_type); - offset_x - positive offset from the left - edge of the screen - offset_y - positive offset from the top - edge of the screen - unit_type - PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL, PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER - - png_set_pHYs(png_ptr, info_ptr, res_x, res_y, - unit_type); - res_x - pixels/unit physical resolution - in x direction - res_y - pixels/unit physical resolution - in y direction - unit_type - PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN, - PNG_RESOLUTION_METER - - png_set_sCAL(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height) - unit - physical scale units (an integer) - width - width of a pixel in physical scale units - height - height of a pixel in physical scale units - (width and height are doubles) - - png_set_sCAL_s(png_ptr, info_ptr, unit, width, height) - unit - physical scale units (an integer) - width - width of a pixel in physical scale units - height - height of a pixel in physical scale units - (width and height are strings like "2.54") - - png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, &unknowns, - num_unknowns) - unknowns - array of png_unknown_chunk - structures holding unknown chunks - unknowns[i].name - name of unknown chunk - unknowns[i].data - data of unknown chunk - unknowns[i].size - size of unknown chunk's data - unknowns[i].location - position to write chunk in file - 0: do not write chunk - PNG_HAVE_IHDR: before PLTE - PNG_HAVE_PLTE: before IDAT - PNG_AFTER_IDAT: after IDAT - -The "location" member is set automatically according to -what part of the output file has already been written. -You can change its value after calling png_set_unknown_chunks() -as demonstrated in pngtest.c. Within each of the "locations", -the chunks are sequenced according to their position in the -structure (that is, the value of "i", which is the order in which -the chunk was either read from the input file or defined with -png_set_unknown_chunks). - -A quick word about text and num_text. text is an array of png_text -structures. num_text is the number of valid structures in the array. -Each png_text structure holds a language code, a keyword, a text value, -and a compression type. - -The compression types have the same valid numbers as the compression -types of the image data. Currently, the only valid number is zero. -However, you can store text either compressed or uncompressed, unlike -images, which always have to be compressed. So if you don't want the -text compressed, set the compression type to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE. -Because tEXt and zTXt chunks don't have a language field, if you -specify PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt -any language code or translated keyword will not be written out. - -Until text gets around 1000 bytes, it is not worth compressing it. -After the text has been written out to the file, the compression type -is set to PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE_WR or PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt_WR, -so that it isn't written out again at the end (in case you are calling -png_write_end() with the same struct. - -The keywords that are given in the PNG Specification are: - - Title Short (one line) title or - caption for image - Author Name of image's creator - Description Description of image (possibly long) - Copyright Copyright notice - Creation Time Time of original image creation - (usually RFC 1123 format, see below) - Software Software used to create the image - Disclaimer Legal disclaimer - Warning Warning of nature of content - Source Device used to create the image - Comment Miscellaneous comment; conversion - from other image format - -The keyword-text pairs work like this. Keywords should be short -simple descriptions of what the comment is about. Some typical -keywords are found in the PNG specification, as is some recommendations -on keywords. You can repeat keywords in a file. You can even write -some text before the image and some after. For example, you may want -to put a description of the image before the image, but leave the -disclaimer until after, so viewers working over modem connections -don't have to wait for the disclaimer to go over the modem before -they start seeing the image. Finally, keywords should be full -words, not abbreviations. Keywords and text are in the ISO 8859-1 -(Latin-1) character set (a superset of regular ASCII) and can not -contain NUL characters, and should not contain control or other -unprintable characters. To make the comments widely readable, stick -with basic ASCII, and avoid machine specific character set extensions -like the IBM-PC character set. The keyword must be present, but -you can leave off the text string on non-compressed pairs. -Compressed pairs must have a text string, as only the text string -is compressed anyway, so the compression would be meaningless. - -PNG supports modification time via the png_time structure. Two -conversion routines are provided, png_convert_from_time_t() for -time_t and png_convert_from_struct_tm() for struct tm. The -time_t routine uses gmtime(). You don't have to use either of -these, but if you wish to fill in the png_time structure directly, -you should provide the time in universal time (GMT) if possible -instead of your local time. Note that the year number is the full -year (e.g. 1998, rather than 98 - PNG is year 2000 compliant!), and -that months start with 1. - -If you want to store the time of the original image creation, you should -use a plain tEXt chunk with the "Creation Time" keyword. This is -necessary because the "creation time" of a PNG image is somewhat vague, -depending on whether you mean the PNG file, the time the image was -created in a non-PNG format, a still photo from which the image was -scanned, or possibly the subject matter itself. In order to facilitate -machine-readable dates, it is recommended that the "Creation Time" -tEXt chunk use RFC 1123 format dates (e.g. "22 May 1997 18:07:10 GMT"), -although this isn't a requirement. Unlike the tIME chunk, the -"Creation Time" tEXt chunk is not expected to be automatically changed -by the software. To facilitate the use of RFC 1123 dates, a function -png_convert_to_rfc1123(png_timep) is provided to convert from PNG -time to an RFC 1123 format string. - -Writing unknown chunks - -You can use the png_set_unknown_chunks function to queue up chunks -for writing. You give it a chunk name, raw data, and a size; that's -all there is to it. The chunks will be written by the next following -png_write_info_before_PLTE, png_write_info, or png_write_end function. -Any chunks previously read into the info structure's unknown-chunk -list will also be written out in a sequence that satisfies the PNG -specification's ordering rules. - -The high-level write interface - -At this point there are two ways to proceed; through the high-level -write interface, or through a sequence of low-level write operations. -You can use the high-level interface if your image data is present -in the info structure. All defined output -transformations are permitted, enabled by the following masks. - - PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY No transformation - PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING Pack 1, 2 and 4-bit samples - PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP Change order of packed - pixels to LSB first - PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO Invert monochrome images - PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT Normalize pixels to the - sBIT depth - PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR Flip RGB to BGR, RGBA - to BGRA - PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA Flip RGBA to ARGB or GA - to AG - PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA Change alpha from opacity - to transparency - PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN Byte-swap 16-bit samples - PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER Strip out filler - bytes (deprecated). - PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_BEFORE Strip out leading - filler bytes - PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_AFTER Strip out trailing - filler bytes - -If you have valid image data in the info structure (you can use -png_set_rows() to put image data in the info structure), simply do this: - - png_write_png(png_ptr, info_ptr, png_transforms, NULL) - -where png_transforms is an integer containing the bitwise OR of some set of -transformation flags. This call is equivalent to png_write_info(), -followed the set of transformations indicated by the transform mask, -then png_write_image(), and finally png_write_end(). - -(The final parameter of this call is not yet used. Someday it might point -to transformation parameters required by some future output transform.) - -You must use png_transforms and not call any png_set_transform() functions -when you use png_write_png(). - -The low-level write interface - -If you are going the low-level route instead, you are now ready to -write all the file information up to the actual image data. You do -this with a call to png_write_info(). - - png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); - -Note that there is one transformation you may need to do before -png_write_info(). In PNG files, the alpha channel in an image is the -level of opacity. If your data is supplied as a level of transparency, -you can invert the alpha channel before you write it, so that 0 is -fully transparent and 255 (in 8-bit or paletted images) or 65535 -(in 16-bit images) is fully opaque, with - - png_set_invert_alpha(png_ptr); - -This must appear before png_write_info() instead of later with the -other transformations because in the case of paletted images the tRNS -chunk data has to be inverted before the tRNS chunk is written. If -your image is not a paletted image, the tRNS data (which in such cases -represents a single color to be rendered as transparent) won't need to -be changed, and you can safely do this transformation after your -png_write_info() call. - -If you need to write a private chunk that you want to appear before -the PLTE chunk when PLTE is present, you can write the PNG info in -two steps, and insert code to write your own chunk between them: - - png_write_info_before_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr); - png_set_unknown_chunks(png_ptr, info_ptr, ...); - png_write_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); - -After you've written the file information, you can set up the library -to handle any special transformations of the image data. The various -ways to transform the data will be described in the order that they -should occur. This is important, as some of these change the color -type and/or bit depth of the data, and some others only work on -certain color types and bit depths. Even though each transformation -checks to see if it has data that it can do something with, you should -make sure to only enable a transformation if it will be valid for the -data. For example, don't swap red and blue on grayscale data. - -PNG files store RGB pixels packed into 3 or 6 bytes. This code tells -the library to strip input data that has 4 or 8 bytes per pixel down -to 3 or 6 bytes (or strip 2 or 4-byte grayscale+filler data to 1 or 2 -bytes per pixel). - - png_set_filler(png_ptr, 0, PNG_FILLER_BEFORE); - -where the 0 is unused, and the location is either PNG_FILLER_BEFORE or -PNG_FILLER_AFTER, depending upon whether the filler byte in the pixel -is stored XRGB or RGBX. - -PNG files pack pixels of bit depths 1, 2, and 4 into bytes as small as -they can, resulting in, for example, 8 pixels per byte for 1 bit files. -If the data is supplied at 1 pixel per byte, use this code, which will -correctly pack the pixels into a single byte: - - png_set_packing(png_ptr); - -PNG files reduce possible bit depths to 1, 2, 4, 8, and 16. If your -data is of another bit depth, you can write an sBIT chunk into the -file so that decoders can recover the original data if desired. - - /* Set the true bit depth of the image data */ - if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) - { - sig_bit.red = true_bit_depth; - sig_bit.green = true_bit_depth; - sig_bit.blue = true_bit_depth; - } - else - { - sig_bit.gray = true_bit_depth; - } - if (color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) - { - sig_bit.alpha = true_bit_depth; - } - - png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit); - -If the data is stored in the row buffer in a bit depth other than -one supported by PNG (e.g. 3 bit data in the range 0-7 for a 4-bit PNG), -this will scale the values to appear to be the correct bit depth as -is required by PNG. - - png_set_shift(png_ptr, &sig_bit); - -PNG files store 16 bit pixels in network byte order (big-endian, -ie. most significant bits first). This code would be used if they are -supplied the other way (little-endian, i.e. least significant bits -first, the way PCs store them): - - if (bit_depth > 8) - png_set_swap(png_ptr); - -If you are using packed-pixel images (1, 2, or 4 bits/pixel), and you -need to change the order the pixels are packed into bytes, you can use: - - if (bit_depth < 8) - png_set_packswap(png_ptr); - -PNG files store 3 color pixels in red, green, blue order. This code -would be used if they are supplied as blue, green, red: - - png_set_bgr(png_ptr); - -PNG files describe monochrome as black being zero and white being -one. This code would be used if the pixels are supplied with this reversed -(black being one and white being zero): - - png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr); - -Finally, you can write your own transformation function if none of -the existing ones meets your needs. This is done by setting a callback -with - - png_set_write_user_transform_fn(png_ptr, - write_transform_fn); - -You must supply the function - - void write_transform_fn(png_ptr ptr, row_info_ptr - row_info, png_bytep data) - -See pngtest.c for a working example. Your function will be called -before any of the other transformations are processed. - -You can also set up a pointer to a user structure for use by your -callback function. - - png_set_user_transform_info(png_ptr, user_ptr, 0, 0); - -The user_channels and user_depth parameters of this function are ignored -when writing; you can set them to zero as shown. - -You can retrieve the pointer via the function png_get_user_transform_ptr(). -For example: - - voidp write_user_transform_ptr = - png_get_user_transform_ptr(png_ptr); - -It is possible to have libpng flush any pending output, either manually, -or automatically after a certain number of lines have been written. To -flush the output stream a single time call: - - png_write_flush(png_ptr); - -and to have libpng flush the output stream periodically after a certain -number of scanlines have been written, call: - - png_set_flush(png_ptr, nrows); - -Note that the distance between rows is from the last time png_write_flush() -was called, or the first row of the image if it has never been called. -So if you write 50 lines, and then png_set_flush 25, it will flush the -output on the next scanline, and every 25 lines thereafter, unless -png_write_flush() is called before 25 more lines have been written. -If nrows is too small (less than about 10 lines for a 640 pixel wide -RGB image) the image compression may decrease noticeably (although this -may be acceptable for real-time applications). Infrequent flushing will -only degrade the compression performance by a few percent over images -that do not use flushing. - -Writing the image data - -That's it for the transformations. Now you can write the image data. -The simplest way to do this is in one function call. If you have the -whole image in memory, you can just call png_write_image() and libpng -will write the image. You will need to pass in an array of pointers to -each row. This function automatically handles interlacing, so you don't -need to call png_set_interlace_handling() or call this function multiple -times, or any of that other stuff necessary with png_write_rows(). - - png_write_image(png_ptr, row_pointers); - -where row_pointers is: - - png_byte *row_pointers[height]; - -You can point to void or char or whatever you use for pixels. - -If you don't want to write the whole image at once, you can -use png_write_rows() instead. If the file is not interlaced, -this is simple: - - png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, - number_of_rows); - -row_pointers is the same as in the png_write_image() call. - -If you are just writing one row at a time, you can do this with -a single row_pointer instead of an array of row_pointers: - - png_bytep row_pointer = row; - - png_write_row(png_ptr, row_pointer); - -When the file is interlaced, things can get a good deal more complicated. -The only currently (as of the PNG Specification version 1.2, dated July -1999) defined interlacing scheme for PNG files is the "Adam7" interlace -scheme, that breaks down an image into seven smaller images of varying -size. libpng will build these images for you, or you can do them -yourself. If you want to build them yourself, see the PNG specification -for details of which pixels to write when. - -If you don't want libpng to handle the interlacing details, just -use png_set_interlace_handling() and call png_write_rows() the -correct number of times to write all seven sub-images. - -If you want libpng to build the sub-images, call this before you start -writing any rows: - - number_of_passes = - png_set_interlace_handling(png_ptr); - -This will return the number of passes needed. Currently, this is seven, -but may change if another interlace type is added. - -Then write the complete image number_of_passes times. - - png_write_rows(png_ptr, row_pointers, - number_of_rows); - -As some of these rows are not used, and thus return immediately, you may -want to read about interlacing in the PNG specification, and only update -the rows that are actually used. - -Finishing a sequential write - -After you are finished writing the image, you should finish writing -the file. If you are interested in writing comments or time, you should -pass an appropriately filled png_info pointer. If you are not interested, -you can pass NULL. - - png_write_end(png_ptr, info_ptr); - -When you are done, you can free all memory used by libpng like this: - - png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr); - -It is also possible to individually free the info_ptr members that -point to libpng-allocated storage with the following function: - - png_free_data(png_ptr, info_ptr, mask, seq) - mask - identifies data to be freed, a mask - containing the bitwise OR of one or - more of - PNG_FREE_PLTE, PNG_FREE_TRNS, - PNG_FREE_HIST, PNG_FREE_ICCP, - PNG_FREE_PCAL, PNG_FREE_ROWS, - PNG_FREE_SCAL, PNG_FREE_SPLT, - PNG_FREE_TEXT, PNG_FREE_UNKN, - or simply PNG_FREE_ALL - seq - sequence number of item to be freed - (-1 for all items) - -This function may be safely called when the relevant storage has -already been freed, or has not yet been allocated, or was allocated -by the user and not by libpng, and will in those cases do nothing. -The "seq" parameter is ignored if only one item of the selected data -type, such as PLTE, is allowed. If "seq" is not -1, and multiple items -are allowed for the data type identified in the mask, such as text or -sPLT, only the n'th item in the structure is freed, where n is "seq". - -If you allocated data such as a palette that you passed in to libpng -with png_set_*, you must not free it until just before the call to -png_destroy_write_struct(). - -The default behavior is only to free data that was allocated internally -by libpng. This can be changed, so that libpng will not free the data, -or so that it will free data that was allocated by the user with png_malloc() -or png_zalloc() and passed in via a png_set_*() function, with - - png_data_freer(png_ptr, info_ptr, freer, mask) - mask - which data elements are affected - same choices as in png_free_data() - freer - one of - PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA - PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA - PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA - -For example, to transfer responsibility for some data from a read structure -to a write structure, you could use - - png_data_freer(read_ptr, read_info_ptr, - PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA, - PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST) - png_data_freer(write_ptr, write_info_ptr, - PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA, - PNG_FREE_PLTE|PNG_FREE_tRNS|PNG_FREE_hIST) - -thereby briefly reassigning responsibility for freeing to the user but -immediately afterwards reassigning it once more to the write_destroy -function. Having done this, it would then be safe to destroy the read -structure and continue to use the PLTE, tRNS, and hIST data in the write -structure. - -This function only affects data that has already been allocated. -You can call this function before calling after the png_set_*() functions -to control whether the user or png_destroy_*() is supposed to free the data. -When the user assumes responsibility for libpng-allocated data, the -application must use -png_free() to free it, and when the user transfers responsibility to libpng -for data that the user has allocated, the user must have used png_malloc() -or png_zalloc() to allocate it. - -If you allocated text_ptr.text, text_ptr.lang, and text_ptr.translated_keyword -separately, do not transfer responsibility for freeing text_ptr to libpng, -because when libpng fills a png_text structure it combines these members with -the key member, and png_free_data() will free only text_ptr.key. Similarly, -if you transfer responsibility for free'ing text_ptr from libpng to your -application, your application must not separately free those members. -For a more compact example of writing a PNG image, see the file example.c. - -V. Modifying/Customizing libpng: - -There are two issues here. The first is changing how libpng does -standard things like memory allocation, input/output, and error handling. -The second deals with more complicated things like adding new chunks, -adding new transformations, and generally changing how libpng works. -Both of those are compile-time issues; that is, they are generally -determined at the time the code is written, and there is rarely a need -to provide the user with a means of changing them. - -Memory allocation, input/output, and error handling - -All of the memory allocation, input/output, and error handling in libpng -goes through callbacks that are user-settable. The default routines are -in pngmem.c, pngrio.c, pngwio.c, and pngerror.c, respectively. To change -these functions, call the appropriate png_set_*_fn() function. - -Memory allocation is done through the functions png_malloc(), png_calloc(), -and png_free(). These currently just call the standard C functions. -png_calloc() calls png_malloc() and then png_memset() to clear the newly -allocated memory to zero. If your pointers can't access more then 64K -at a time, you will want to set MAXSEG_64K in zlib.h. Since it is -unlikely that the method of handling memory allocation on a platform -will change between applications, these functions must be modified in -the library at compile time. If you prefer to use a different method -of allocating and freeing data, you can use png_create_read_struct_2() or -png_create_write_struct_2() to register your own functions as described -above. These functions also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved -via - - mem_ptr=png_get_mem_ptr(png_ptr); - -Your replacement memory functions must have prototypes as follows: - - png_voidp malloc_fn(png_structp png_ptr, - png_size_t size); - void free_fn(png_structp png_ptr, png_voidp ptr); - -Your malloc_fn() must return NULL in case of failure. The png_malloc() -function will normally call png_error() if it receives a NULL from the -system memory allocator or from your replacement malloc_fn(). - -Your free_fn() will never be called with a NULL ptr, since libpng's -png_free() checks for NULL before calling free_fn(). - -Input/Output in libpng is done through png_read() and png_write(), -which currently just call fread() and fwrite(). The FILE * is stored in -png_struct and is initialized via png_init_io(). If you wish to change -the method of I/O, the library supplies callbacks that you can set -through the function png_set_read_fn() and png_set_write_fn() at run -time, instead of calling the png_init_io() function. These functions -also provide a void pointer that can be retrieved via the function -png_get_io_ptr(). For example: - - png_set_read_fn(png_structp read_ptr, - voidp read_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr read_data_fn) - - png_set_write_fn(png_structp write_ptr, - voidp write_io_ptr, png_rw_ptr write_data_fn, - png_flush_ptr output_flush_fn); - - voidp read_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(read_ptr); - voidp write_io_ptr = png_get_io_ptr(write_ptr); - -The replacement I/O functions must have prototypes as follows: - - void user_read_data(png_structp png_ptr, - png_bytep data, png_size_t length); - void user_write_data(png_structp png_ptr, - png_bytep data, png_size_t length); - void user_flush_data(png_structp png_ptr); - -The user_read_data() function is responsible for detecting and -handling end-of-data errors. - -Supplying NULL for the read, write, or flush functions sets them back -to using the default C stream functions, which expect the io_ptr to -point to a standard *FILE structure. It is probably a mistake -to use NULL for one of write_data_fn and output_flush_fn but not both -of them, unless you have built libpng with PNG_NO_WRITE_FLUSH defined. -It is an error to read from a write stream, and vice versa. - -Error handling in libpng is done through png_error() and png_warning(). -Errors handled through png_error() are fatal, meaning that png_error() -should never return to its caller. Currently, this is handled via -setjmp() and longjmp() (unless you have compiled libpng with -PNG_SETJMP_NOT_SUPPORTED, in which case it is handled via PNG_ABORT()), -but you could change this to do things like exit() if you should wish. - -On non-fatal errors, png_warning() is called -to print a warning message, and then control returns to the calling code. -By default png_error() and png_warning() print a message on stderr via -fprintf() unless the library is compiled with PNG_NO_CONSOLE_IO defined -(because you don't want the messages) or PNG_NO_STDIO defined (because -fprintf() isn't available). If you wish to change the behavior of the error -functions, you will need to set up your own message callbacks. These -functions are normally supplied at the time that the png_struct is created. -It is also possible to redirect errors and warnings to your own replacement -functions after png_create_*_struct() has been called by calling: - - png_set_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr, - png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, - png_error_ptr warning_fn); - - png_voidp error_ptr = png_get_error_ptr(png_ptr); - -If NULL is supplied for either error_fn or warning_fn, then the libpng -default function will be used, calling fprintf() and/or longjmp() if a -problem is encountered. The replacement error functions should have -parameters as follows: - - void user_error_fn(png_structp png_ptr, - png_const_charp error_msg); - void user_warning_fn(png_structp png_ptr, - png_const_charp warning_msg); - -The motivation behind using setjmp() and longjmp() is the C++ throw and -catch exception handling methods. This makes the code much easier to write, -as there is no need to check every return code of every function call. -However, there are some uncertainties about the status of local variables -after a longjmp, so the user may want to be careful about doing anything -after setjmp returns non-zero besides returning itself. Consult your -compiler documentation for more details. For an alternative approach, you -may wish to use the "cexcept" facility (see http://cexcept.sourceforge.net). - -Custom chunks - -If you need to read or write custom chunks, you may need to get deeper -into the libpng code. The library now has mechanisms for storing -and writing chunks of unknown type; you can even declare callbacks -for custom chunks. However, this may not be good enough if the -library code itself needs to know about interactions between your -chunk and existing `intrinsic' chunks. - -If you need to write a new intrinsic chunk, first read the PNG -specification. Acquire a first level of understanding of how it works. -Pay particular attention to the sections that describe chunk names, -and look at how other chunks were designed, so you can do things -similarly. Second, check out the sections of libpng that read and -write chunks. Try to find a chunk that is similar to yours and use -it as a template. More details can be found in the comments inside -the code. It is best to handle unknown chunks in a generic method, -via callback functions, instead of by modifying libpng functions. - -If you wish to write your own transformation for the data, look through -the part of the code that does the transformations, and check out some of -the simpler ones to get an idea of how they work. Try to find a similar -transformation to the one you want to add and copy off of it. More details -can be found in the comments inside the code itself. - -Configuring for 16 bit platforms - -You will want to look into zconf.h to tell zlib (and thus libpng) that -it cannot allocate more then 64K at a time. Even if you can, the memory -won't be accessible. So limit zlib and libpng to 64K by defining MAXSEG_64K. - -Configuring for DOS - -For DOS users who only have access to the lower 640K, you will -have to limit zlib's memory usage via a png_set_compression_mem_level() -call. See zlib.h or zconf.h in the zlib library for more information. - -Configuring for Medium Model - -Libpng's support for medium model has been tested on most of the popular -compilers. Make sure MAXSEG_64K gets defined, USE_FAR_KEYWORD gets -defined, and FAR gets defined to far in pngconf.h, and you should be -all set. Everything in the library (except for zlib's structure) is -expecting far data. You must use the typedefs with the p or pp on -the end for pointers (or at least look at them and be careful). Make -note that the rows of data are defined as png_bytepp, which is an -unsigned char far * far *. - -Configuring for gui/windowing platforms: - -You will need to write new error and warning functions that use the GUI -interface, as described previously, and set them to be the error and -warning functions at the time that png_create_*_struct() is called, -in order to have them available during the structure initialization. -They can be changed later via png_set_error_fn(). On some compilers, -you may also have to change the memory allocators (png_malloc, etc.). - -Configuring for compiler xxx: - -All includes for libpng are in pngconf.h. If you need to add, change -or delete an include, this is the place to do it. -The includes that are not needed outside libpng are protected by the -PNG_INTERNAL definition, which is only defined for those routines inside -libpng itself. The files in libpng proper only include png.h, which -includes pngconf.h. - -Configuring zlib: - -There are special functions to configure the compression. Perhaps the -most useful one changes the compression level, which currently uses -input compression values in the range 0 - 9. The library normally -uses the default compression level (Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION = 6). Tests -have shown that for a large majority of images, compression values in -the range 3-6 compress nearly as well as higher levels, and do so much -faster. For online applications it may be desirable to have maximum speed -(Z_BEST_SPEED = 1). With versions of zlib after v0.99, you can also -specify no compression (Z_NO_COMPRESSION = 0), but this would create -files larger than just storing the raw bitmap. You can specify the -compression level by calling: - - png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, level); - -Another useful one is to reduce the memory level used by the library. -The memory level defaults to 8, but it can be lowered if you are -short on memory (running DOS, for example, where you only have 640K). -Note that the memory level does have an effect on compression; among -other things, lower levels will result in sections of incompressible -data being emitted in smaller stored blocks, with a correspondingly -larger relative overhead of up to 15% in the worst case. - - png_set_compression_mem_level(png_ptr, level); - -The other functions are for configuring zlib. They are not recommended -for normal use and may result in writing an invalid PNG file. See -zlib.h for more information on what these mean. - - png_set_compression_strategy(png_ptr, - strategy); - png_set_compression_window_bits(png_ptr, - window_bits); - png_set_compression_method(png_ptr, method); - png_set_compression_buffer_size(png_ptr, size); - -Controlling row filtering - -If you want to control whether libpng uses filtering or not, which -filters are used, and how it goes about picking row filters, you -can call one of these functions. The selection and configuration -of row filters can have a significant impact on the size and -encoding speed and a somewhat lesser impact on the decoding speed -of an image. Filtering is enabled by default for RGB and grayscale -images (with and without alpha), but not for paletted images nor -for any images with bit depths less than 8 bits/pixel. - -The 'method' parameter sets the main filtering method, which is -currently only '0' in the PNG 1.2 specification. The 'filters' -parameter sets which filter(s), if any, should be used for each -scanline. Possible values are PNG_ALL_FILTERS and PNG_NO_FILTERS -to turn filtering on and off, respectively. - -Individual filter types are PNG_FILTER_NONE, PNG_FILTER_SUB, -PNG_FILTER_UP, PNG_FILTER_AVG, PNG_FILTER_PAETH, which can be bitwise -ORed together with '|' to specify one or more filters to use. -These filters are described in more detail in the PNG specification. -If you intend to change the filter type during the course of writing -the image, you should start with flags set for all of the filters -you intend to use so that libpng can initialize its internal -structures appropriately for all of the filter types. (Note that this -means the first row must always be adaptively filtered, because libpng -currently does not allocate the filter buffers until png_write_row() -is called for the first time.) - - filters = PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_SUB - PNG_FILTER_UP | PNG_FILTER_AVG | - PNG_FILTER_PAETH | PNG_ALL_FILTERS; - - png_set_filter(png_ptr, PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE, - filters); - The second parameter can also be - PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING if you are - writing a PNG to be embedded in a MNG - datastream. This parameter must be the - same as the value of filter_method used - in png_set_IHDR(). - -It is also possible to influence how libpng chooses from among the -available filters. This is done in one or both of two ways - by -telling it how important it is to keep the same filter for successive -rows, and by telling it the relative computational costs of the filters. - - double weights[3] = {1.5, 1.3, 1.1}, - costs[PNG_FILTER_VALUE_LAST] = - {1.0, 1.3, 1.3, 1.5, 1.7}; - - png_set_filter_heuristics(png_ptr, - PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_WEIGHTED, 3, - weights, costs); - -The weights are multiplying factors that indicate to libpng that the -row filter should be the same for successive rows unless another row filter -is that many times better than the previous filter. In the above example, -if the previous 3 filters were SUB, SUB, NONE, the SUB filter could have a -"sum of absolute differences" 1.5 x 1.3 times higher than other filters -and still be chosen, while the NONE filter could have a sum 1.1 times -higher than other filters and still be chosen. Unspecified weights are -taken to be 1.0, and the specified weights should probably be declining -like those above in order to emphasize recent filters over older filters. - -The filter costs specify for each filter type a relative decoding cost -to be considered when selecting row filters. This means that filters -with higher costs are less likely to be chosen over filters with lower -costs, unless their "sum of absolute differences" is that much smaller. -The costs do not necessarily reflect the exact computational speeds of -the various filters, since this would unduly influence the final image -size. - -Note that the numbers above were invented purely for this example and -are given only to help explain the function usage. Little testing has -been done to find optimum values for either the costs or the weights. - -Removing unwanted object code - -There are a bunch of #define's in pngconf.h that control what parts of -libpng are compiled. All the defines end in _SUPPORTED. If you are -never going to use a capability, you can change the #define to #undef -before recompiling libpng and save yourself code and data space, or -you can turn off individual capabilities with defines that begin with -PNG_NO_. - -You can also turn all of the transforms and ancillary chunk capabilities -off en masse with compiler directives that define -PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_TRANSFORMS, or PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS, -or all four, -along with directives to turn on any of the capabilities that you do -want. The PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_TRANSFORMS directives disable the extra -transformations but still leave the library fully capable of reading -and writing PNG files with all known public chunks. Use of the -PNG_NO_READ[or WRITE]_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS directive produces a library -that is incapable of reading or writing ancillary chunks. If you are -not using the progressive reading capability, you can turn that off -with PNG_NO_PROGRESSIVE_READ (don't confuse this with the INTERLACING -capability, which you'll still have). - -All the reading and writing specific code are in separate files, so the -linker should only grab the files it needs. However, if you want to -make sure, or if you are building a stand alone library, all the -reading files start with pngr and all the writing files start with -pngw. The files that don't match either (like png.c, pngtrans.c, etc.) -are used for both reading and writing, and always need to be included. -The progressive reader is in pngpread.c - -If you are creating or distributing a dynamically linked library (a .so -or DLL file), you should not remove or disable any parts of the library, -as this will cause applications linked with different versions of the -library to fail if they call functions not available in your library. -The size of the library itself should not be an issue, because only -those sections that are actually used will be loaded into memory. - -Requesting debug printout - -The macro definition PNG_DEBUG can be used to request debugging -printout. Set it to an integer value in the range 0 to 3. Higher -numbers result in increasing amounts of debugging information. The -information is printed to the "stderr" file, unless another file -name is specified in the PNG_DEBUG_FILE macro definition. - -When PNG_DEBUG > 0, the following functions (macros) become available: - - png_debug(level, message) - png_debug1(level, message, p1) - png_debug2(level, message, p1, p2) - -in which "level" is compared to PNG_DEBUG to decide whether to print -the message, "message" is the formatted string to be printed, -and p1 and p2 are parameters that are to be embedded in the string -according to printf-style formatting directives. For example, - - png_debug1(2, "foo=%d\n", foo); - -is expanded to - - if(PNG_DEBUG > 2) - fprintf(PNG_DEBUG_FILE, "foo=%d\n", foo); - -When PNG_DEBUG is defined but is zero, the macros aren't defined, but you -can still use PNG_DEBUG to control your own debugging: - - #ifdef PNG_DEBUG - fprintf(stderr, ... - #endif - -When PNG_DEBUG = 1, the macros are defined, but only png_debug statements -having level = 0 will be printed. There aren't any such statements in -this version of libpng, but if you insert some they will be printed. - -VI. MNG support - -The MNG specification (available at http://www.libpng.org/pub/mng) allows -certain extensions to PNG for PNG images that are embedded in MNG datastreams. -Libpng can support some of these extensions. To enable them, use the -png_permit_mng_features() function: - - feature_set = png_permit_mng_features(png_ptr, mask) - mask is a png_uint_32 containing the bitwise OR of the - features you want to enable. These include - PNG_FLAG_MNG_EMPTY_PLTE - PNG_FLAG_MNG_FILTER_64 - PNG_ALL_MNG_FEATURES - feature_set is a png_uint_32 that is the bitwise AND of - your mask with the set of MNG features that is - supported by the version of libpng that you are using. - -It is an error to use this function when reading or writing a standalone -PNG file with the PNG 8-byte signature. The PNG datastream must be wrapped -in a MNG datastream. As a minimum, it must have the MNG 8-byte signature -and the MHDR and MEND chunks. Libpng does not provide support for these -or any other MNG chunks; your application must provide its own support for -them. You may wish to consider using libmng (available at -http://www.libmng.com) instead. - -VII. Changes to Libpng from version 0.88 - -It should be noted that versions of libpng later than 0.96 are not -distributed by the original libpng author, Guy Schalnat, nor by -Andreas Dilger, who had taken over from Guy during 1996 and 1997, and -distributed versions 0.89 through 0.96, but rather by another member -of the original PNG Group, Glenn Randers-Pehrson. Guy and Andreas are -still alive and well, but they have moved on to other things. - -The old libpng functions png_read_init(), png_write_init(), -png_info_init(), png_read_destroy(), and png_write_destroy() have been -moved to PNG_INTERNAL in version 0.95 to discourage their use. These -functions will be removed from libpng version 2.0.0. - -The preferred method of creating and initializing the libpng structures is -via the png_create_read_struct(), png_create_write_struct(), and -png_create_info_struct() because they isolate the size of the structures -from the application, allow version error checking, and also allow the -use of custom error handling routines during the initialization, which -the old functions do not. The functions png_read_destroy() and -png_write_destroy() do not actually free the memory that libpng -allocated for these structs, but just reset the data structures, so they -can be used instead of png_destroy_read_struct() and -png_destroy_write_struct() if you feel there is too much system overhead -allocating and freeing the png_struct for each image read. - -Setting the error callbacks via png_set_message_fn() before -png_read_init() as was suggested in libpng-0.88 is no longer supported -because this caused applications that do not use custom error functions -to fail if the png_ptr was not initialized to zero. It is still possible -to set the error callbacks AFTER png_read_init(), or to change them with -png_set_error_fn(), which is essentially the same function, but with a new -name to force compilation errors with applications that try to use the old -method. - -Starting with version 1.0.7, you can find out which version of the library -you are using at run-time: - - png_uint_32 libpng_vn = png_access_version_number(); - -The number libpng_vn is constructed from the major version, minor -version with leading zero, and release number with leading zero, -(e.g., libpng_vn for version 1.0.7 is 10007). - -You can also check which version of png.h you used when compiling your -application: - - png_uint_32 application_vn = PNG_LIBPNG_VER; - -VIII. (Omitted). -IX. (Omitted) -X. Detecting libpng - -The png_get_io_ptr() function has been present since libpng-0.88, has never -changed, and is unaffected by conditional compilation macros. It is the -best choice for use in configure scripts for detecting the presence of any -libpng version since 0.88. In an autoconf "configure.in" you could use - - AC_CHECK_LIB(png, png_get_io_ptr, ... - -XI. Source code repository - -Since about February 2009, version 1.2.34, libpng has been under "git" source -control. The git repository was built from old libpng-x.y.z.tar.gz files -going back to version 0.70. You can access the git repository (read only) -at - - git://libpng.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/libpng - -or you can browse it via "gitweb" at - - http://libpng.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=libpng - -Patches can be sent to glennrp at users.sourceforge.net or to -png-mng-implement at lists.sourceforge.net or you can upload them to -the libpng bug tracker at - - http://libpng.sourceforge.net - -XII. Coding style - -Our coding style is similar to the "Allman" style, with curly -braces on separate lines: - - if (condition) - { - action; - } - - else if (another condition) - { - another action; - } - -The braces can be omitted from simple one-line actions: - - if (condition) - return (0); - -We use 3-space indentation, except for continued statements which -are usually indented the same as the first line of the statement -plus four more spaces. - -For macro definitions we use 2-space indentation, always leaving the "#" -in the first column. - - #ifndef PNG_NO_FEATURE - # ifndef PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED - # define PNG_FEATURE_SUPPORTED - # endif - #endif - -Comments appear with the leading "/*" at the same indentation as -the statement that follows the comment: - - /* Single-line comment */ - statement; - - /* Multiple-line - * comment - */ - statement; - -Very short comments can be placed at the end of the statement -to which they pertain: - - statement; /* comment */ - -We don't use C++ style ("//") comments. We have, however, -used them in the past in some now-abandoned MMX assembler -code. - -Functions and their curly braces are not indented, and -exported functions are marked with PNGAPI: - - /* This is a public function that is visible to - * application programers. It does thus-and-so. - */ - void PNGAPI - png_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo) - { - body; - } - -The prototypes for all exported functions appear in png.h, -above the comment that says - - /* Maintainer: Put new public prototypes here ... */ - -We mark all non-exported functions with "/* PRIVATE */"": - - void /* PRIVATE */ - png_non_exported_function(png_ptr, png_info, foo) - { - body; - } - -The prototypes for non-exported functions (except for those in -pngtest) appear in -the PNG_INTERNAL section of png.h -above the comment that says - - /* Maintainer: Put new private prototypes here ^ and in libpngpf.3 */ - -The names of all exported functions and variables begin -with "png_", and all publicly visible C preprocessor -macros begin with "PNG_". - -We put a space after each comma and after each semicolon -in "for" statments, and we put spaces before and after each -C binary operator and after "for" or "while". We don't -put a space between a typecast and the expression being -cast, nor do we put one between a function name and the -left parenthesis that follows it: - - for (i = 2; i > 0; --i) - y[i] = a(x) + (int)b; - -We prefer #ifdef and #ifndef to #if defined() and if !defined() -when there is only one macro being tested. - -We do not use the TAB character for indentation in the C sources. - -Other rules can be inferred by inspecting the libpng source. - -XIII. Y2K Compliance in libpng - -November 18, 2009 - -Since the PNG Development group is an ad-hoc body, we can't make -an official declaration. - -This is your unofficial assurance that libpng from version 0.71 and -upward through 1.0.51rc01 are Y2K compliant. It is my belief that earlier -versions were also Y2K compliant. - -Libpng only has three year fields. One is a 2-byte unsigned integer that -will hold years up to 65535. The other two hold the date in text -format, and will hold years up to 9999. - -The integer is - "png_uint_16 year" in png_time_struct. - -The strings are - "png_charp time_buffer" in png_struct and - "near_time_buffer", which is a local character string in png.c. - -There are seven time-related functions: - - png_convert_to_rfc_1123() in png.c - (formerly png_convert_to_rfc_1152() in error) - png_convert_from_struct_tm() in pngwrite.c, called - in pngwrite.c - png_convert_from_time_t() in pngwrite.c - png_get_tIME() in pngget.c - png_handle_tIME() in pngrutil.c, called in pngread.c - png_set_tIME() in pngset.c - png_write_tIME() in pngwutil.c, called in pngwrite.c - -All appear to handle dates properly in a Y2K environment. The -png_convert_from_time_t() function calls gmtime() to convert from system -clock time, which returns (year - 1900), which we properly convert to -the full 4-digit year. There is a possibility that applications using -libpng are not passing 4-digit years into the png_convert_to_rfc_1123() -function, or that they are incorrectly passing only a 2-digit year -instead of "year - 1900" into the png_convert_from_struct_tm() function, -but this is not under our control. The libpng documentation has always -stated that it works with 4-digit years, and the APIs have been -documented as such. - -The tIME chunk itself is also Y2K compliant. It uses a 2-byte unsigned -integer to hold the year, and can hold years as large as 65535. - -zlib, upon which libpng depends, is also Y2K compliant. It contains -no date-related code. - - - Glenn Randers-Pehrson - libpng maintainer - PNG Development Group diff --git a/libpng.3 b/libpng.3 index 0c67b807f..4363c92d0 100644 --- a/libpng.3 +++ b/libpng.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -.TH LIBPNG 3 "November 18, 2009" +.TH LIBPNG 3 "December 3, 2009" .SH NAME -libpng \- Portable Network Graphics (PNG) Reference Library 1.0.51rc01 +libpng \- Portable Network Graphics (PNG) Reference Library 1.0.51 .SH SYNOPSIS \fI\fB @@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ Following is a copy of the libpng.txt file that accompanies libpng. .SH LIBPNG.TXT libpng.txt - A description on how to use and modify libpng - libpng version 1.0.51rc01 - November 18, 2009 + libpng version 1.0.51 - December 3, 2009 Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ libpng.txt - A description on how to use and modify libpng Based on: - libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.0.51rc01 - November 18, 2009 + libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.0.51 - December 3, 2009 Updated and distributed by Glenn Randers-Pehrson Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson @@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@ things. As of libpng version 1.2.9, png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8() was added. It expands the sample depth without changing tRNS to alpha. -As of libpng version 1.0.51rc01, not all possible expansions are supported. +As of libpng version 1.0.51, not all possible expansions are supported. In the following table, the 01 means grayscale with depth<8, 31 means indexed with depth<8, other numerals represent the color type, "T" means @@ -3891,13 +3891,13 @@ Other rules can be inferred by inspecting the libpng source. .SH XIII. Y2K Compliance in libpng -November 18, 2009 +December 3, 2009 Since the PNG Development group is an ad-hoc body, we can't make an official declaration. This is your unofficial assurance that libpng from version 0.71 and -upward through 1.0.51rc01 are Y2K compliant. It is my belief that earlier +upward through 1.0.51 are Y2K compliant. It is my belief that earlier versions were also Y2K compliant. Libpng only has three year fields. One is a 2-byte unsigned integer that @@ -4183,7 +4183,9 @@ the first widely used release: 1.0.50 10 10050 10.so.0.50[.0] 1.2.41beta01-18 13 10241 12.so.0.41[.0] 1.0.51rc01 10 10051 10.so.0.51[.0] - 1.2.41rc01 13 10241 12.so.0.41[.0] + 1.2.41rc01-03 13 10241 12.so.0.41[.0] + 1.0.51 10 10051 10.so.0.51[.0] + 1.2.41 13 10241 12.so.0.41[.0] Henceforth the source version will match the shared-library minor and patch numbers; the shared-library major version number will be @@ -4239,7 +4241,7 @@ possible without all of you. Thanks to Frank J. T. Wojcik for helping with the documentation. -Libpng version 1.0.51rc01 - November 18, 2009: +Libpng version 1.0.51 - December 3, 2009: Initially created in 1995 by Guy Eric Schalnat, then of Group 42, Inc. Currently maintained by Glenn Randers-Pehrson (glennrp at users.sourceforge.net). @@ -4262,7 +4264,7 @@ this sentence. This code is released under the libpng license. -libpng versions 1.2.6, August 15, 2004, through 1.0.51rc01, November 18, 2009, are +libpng versions 1.2.6, August 15, 2004, through 1.0.51, December 3, 2009, are Copyright (c) 2004,2006-2008 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-1.2.5 with the following individual added to the list of Contributing Authors @@ -4361,7 +4363,7 @@ certification mark of the Open Source Initiative. Glenn Randers-Pehrson glennrp at users.sourceforge.net -November 18, 2009 +December 3, 2009 .\" end of man page diff --git a/libpngpf.3 b/libpngpf.3 index 1f2bc5f74..31f0106bc 100644 --- a/libpngpf.3 +++ b/libpngpf.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -.TH LIBPNGPF 3 "November 18, 2009" +.TH LIBPNGPF 3 "December 3, 2009" .SH NAME -libpng \- Portable Network Graphics (PNG) Reference Library 1.0.51rc01 +libpng \- Portable Network Graphics (PNG) Reference Library 1.0.51 (private functions) .SH SYNOPSIS \fB#include \fP diff --git a/ltmain.sh b/ltmain.sh index 4c5f420d9..a72f2fd78 100644 --- a/ltmain.sh +++ b/ltmain.sh @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ # Generated from ltmain.m4sh. -# ltmain.sh (GNU libtool) 2.2.6 +# ltmain.sh (GNU libtool) 2.2.6b # Written by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 # Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ # compiler: $LTCC # compiler flags: $LTCFLAGS # linker: $LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld) -# $progname: (GNU libtool) 2.2.6 +# $progname: (GNU libtool) 2.2.6b # automake: $automake_version # autoconf: $autoconf_version # @@ -73,9 +73,9 @@ PROGRAM=ltmain.sh PACKAGE=libtool -VERSION=2.2.6 +VERSION=2.2.6b TIMESTAMP="" -package_revision=1.3012 +package_revision=1.3017 # Be Bourne compatible if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then @@ -116,15 +116,15 @@ $lt_unset CDPATH : ${CP="cp -f"} : ${ECHO="echo"} -: ${EGREP="/usr/bin/grep -E"} -: ${FGREP="/usr/bin/grep -F"} -: ${GREP="/usr/bin/grep"} +: ${EGREP="/bin/grep -E"} +: ${FGREP="/bin/grep -F"} +: ${GREP="/bin/grep"} : ${LN_S="ln -s"} : ${MAKE="make"} : ${MKDIR="mkdir"} : ${MV="mv -f"} : ${RM="rm -f"} -: ${SED="/opt/local/bin/gsed"} +: ${SED="/bin/sed"} : ${SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}"} : ${Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"} @@ -2560,7 +2560,7 @@ func_win32_libid () ;; *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null | - $EGREP 'file format (pe-i386(.*architecture: i386)?|pe-arm-wince)' >/dev/null ; then + $EGREP 'file format pe-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' >/dev/null ; then win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A $1 | $SED -n -e ' 1,100{ diff --git a/png.5 b/png.5 index 4965e39a3..e7b17d496 100644 --- a/png.5 +++ b/png.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PNG 5 "November 18, 2009" +.TH PNG 5 "December 3, 2009" .SH NAME png \- Portable Network Graphics (PNG) format .SH DESCRIPTION diff --git a/png.c b/png.c index 93c61dc76..97709aa9c 100644 --- a/png.c +++ b/png.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* png.c - location for general purpose libpng functions * - * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [November 18, 2009] + * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [December 3, 2009] * Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) @@ -13,10 +13,11 @@ #define PNG_INTERNAL #define PNG_NO_EXTERN +#define PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS #include "png.h" /* Generate a compiler error if there is an old png.h in the search path. */ -typedef version_1_0_51rc01 Your_png_h_is_not_version_1_0_51rc01; +typedef version_1_0_51 Your_png_h_is_not_version_1_0_51; /* Version information for C files. This had better match the version * string defined in png.h. @@ -722,13 +723,13 @@ png_get_copyright(png_structp png_ptr) #else #ifdef __STDC__ return ((png_charp) PNG_STRING_NEWLINE \ - "libpng version 1.0.51rc01 - November 18, 2009" PNG_STRING_NEWLINE \ + "libpng version 1.0.51 - December 3, 2009" PNG_STRING_NEWLINE \ "Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson" PNG_STRING_NEWLINE \ "Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Andreas Dilger" PNG_STRING_NEWLINE \ "Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc." \ PNG_STRING_NEWLINE); #else - return ((png_charp) "libpng version 1.0.51rc01 - November 18, 2009\ + return ((png_charp) "libpng version 1.0.51 - December 3, 2009\ Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson\ Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Andreas Dilger\ Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc."); diff --git a/png.h b/png.h index c9dc4d3d4..b11473a28 100644 --- a/png.h +++ b/png.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* png.h - header file for PNG reference library * - * libpng version 1.0.51rc01 - November 18, 2009 + * libpng version 1.0.51 - December 3, 2009 * Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ * Authors and maintainers: * libpng versions 0.71, May 1995, through 0.88, January 1996: Guy Schalnat * libpng versions 0.89c, June 1996, through 0.96, May 1997: Andreas Dilger - * libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.0.51rc01 - November 18, 2009: Glenn + * libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.0.51 - December 3, 2009: Glenn * See also "Contributing Authors", below. * * Note about libpng version numbers: @@ -247,7 +247,9 @@ * 1.2.40 13 10240 12.so.0.40[.0] * 1.2.41beta01-18 13 10241 12.so.0.41[.0] * 1.0.51rc01 10 10051 10.so.0.51[.0] - * 1.2.41rc01 13 10241 12.so.0.41[.0] + * 1.2.41rc01-03 13 10241 12.so.0.41[.0] + * 1.0.51 10 10051 10.so.0.51[.0] + * 1.2.41 13 10241 12.so.0.41[.0] * * Henceforth the source version will match the shared-library major * and minor numbers; the shared-library major version number will be @@ -279,7 +281,7 @@ * * This code is released under the libpng license. * - * libpng versions 1.2.6, August 15, 2004, through 1.0.51rc01, November 18, 2009, are + * libpng versions 1.2.6, August 15, 2004, through 1.0.51, December 3, 2009, are * Copyright (c) 2004, 2006-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are * distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-1.2.5 * with the following individual added to the list of Contributing Authors: @@ -391,13 +393,13 @@ * Y2K compliance in libpng: * ========================= * - * November 18, 2009 + * December 3, 2009 * * Since the PNG Development group is an ad-hoc body, we can't make * an official declaration. * * This is your unofficial assurance that libpng from version 0.71 and - * upward through 1.0.51rc01 are Y2K compliant. It is my belief that earlier + * upward through 1.0.51 are Y2K compliant. It is my belief that earlier * versions were also Y2K compliant. * * Libpng only has three year fields. One is a 2-byte unsigned integer @@ -453,9 +455,9 @@ */ /* Version information for png.h - this should match the version in png.c */ -#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING "1.0.51rc01" +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING "1.0.51" #define PNG_HEADER_VERSION_STRING \ - " libpng version 1.0.51rc01 - November 18, 2009\n" + " libpng version 1.0.51 - December 3, 2009\n" #define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_SONUM 0 #define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_DLLNUM 10 @@ -468,7 +470,7 @@ * PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, omitting any leading zero: */ -#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_BUILD 01 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_BUILD 0 /* Release Status */ #define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_ALPHA 1 @@ -485,7 +487,7 @@ #define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_SPECIAL 32 /* Cannot be OR'ed with PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_PRIVATE */ -#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_RC +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_STABLE /* Careful here. At one time, Guy wanted to use 082, but that would be octal. * We must not include leading zeros. @@ -1524,7 +1526,7 @@ struct png_struct_def /* This triggers a compiler error in png.c, if png.c and png.h * do not agree upon the version number. */ -typedef png_structp version_1_0_51rc01; +typedef png_structp version_1_0_51; typedef png_struct FAR * FAR * png_structpp; diff --git a/pngconf.h b/pngconf.h index 91b823e87..0cf3e28a7 100644 --- a/pngconf.h +++ b/pngconf.h @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* pngconf.h - machine configurable file for libpng * - * libpng version 1.0.51rc01 - November 18, 2009 + * libpng version 1.0.51 - December 3, 2009 * Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) @@ -1524,23 +1524,29 @@ typedef z_stream FAR * png_zstreamp; # endif #endif +#ifdef PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS +# ifndef PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED /* Support for compiler specific function attributes. These are used * so that where compiler support is available incorrect use of API * functions in png.h will generate compiler warnings. Added at libpng * version 1.2.41. */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT -# define PNG_USE_RESULT __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__)) -# endif -# ifndef PNG_NORETURN -# define PNG_NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__)) -# endif -# ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED -# define PNG_ALLOCATED __attribute__((__malloc__)) -# endif +# ifdef __GNUC__ +# ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT +# define PNG_USE_RESULT __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__)) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_NORETURN +# define PNG_NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__)) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED +# define PNG_ALLOCATED __attribute__((__malloc__)) +# endif -# ifndef PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG /* This specifically protects structure members that should only be * accessed from within the library, therefore should be empty during * a library build. @@ -1552,16 +1558,16 @@ typedef z_stream FAR * png_zstreamp; # define PNG_DEPSTRUCT __attribute__((__deprecated__)) # endif # ifndef PNG_PRIVATE -#if 0 /* Doesn't work so we use deprecated instead*/ -# define PNG_PRIVATE \ - __attribute__((warning("This function is not exported by libpng."))) -#else -# define PNG_PRIVATE \ - __attribute__((__deprecated__)) -#endif -# endif -# endif -#endif +# if 0 /* Doesn't work so we use deprecated instead*/ +# define PNG_PRIVATE \ + __attribute__((warning("This function is not exported by libpng."))) +# else +# define PNG_PRIVATE \ + __attribute__((__deprecated__)) +# endif +# endif /* PNG_PRIVATE */ +# endif /* __GNUC__ */ +#endif /* PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS */ #ifndef PNG_DEPRECATED # define PNG_DEPRECATED /* Use of this function is deprecated */ diff --git a/pngerror.c b/pngerror.c index e9a73cac9..18de775a8 100644 --- a/pngerror.c +++ b/pngerror.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* pngerror.c - stub functions for i/o and memory allocation * - * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [November 18, 2009] + * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [December 3, 2009] * Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ */ #define PNG_INTERNAL +#define PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS #include "png.h" #if defined(PNG_READ_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED) diff --git a/pngget.c b/pngget.c index 7c23be31b..ae2c489ec 100644 --- a/pngget.c +++ b/pngget.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* pngget.c - retrieval of values from info struct * - * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [November 18, 2009] + * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [December 3, 2009] * Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ */ #define PNG_INTERNAL +#define PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS #include "png.h" #if defined(PNG_READ_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED) diff --git a/pngmem.c b/pngmem.c index 1a0a5b589..757dddd7b 100644 --- a/pngmem.c +++ b/pngmem.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* pngmem.c - stub functions for memory allocation * - * Last changed in libpng 1.2.37 [June 4, 2009] + * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [December 3, 2009] * Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ */ #define PNG_INTERNAL +#define PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS #include "png.h" #if defined(PNG_READ_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED) diff --git a/pngpread.c b/pngpread.c index 239c04d8a..9d0d7db39 100644 --- a/pngpread.c +++ b/pngpread.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* pngpread.c - read a png file in push mode * - * Last changed in libpng 1.2.38 [July 16, 2009] + * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [December 3, 2009] * Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ */ #define PNG_INTERNAL +#define PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS #include "png.h" #ifdef PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_SUPPORTED diff --git a/pngread.c b/pngread.c index 2230c74d0..700d7946c 100644 --- a/pngread.c +++ b/pngread.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* pngread.c - read a PNG file * - * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [November 18, 2009] + * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [December 3, 2009] * Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ */ #define PNG_INTERNAL +#define PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS #include "png.h" #ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED diff --git a/pngrio.c b/pngrio.c index 48b80ec9b..9ce073794 100644 --- a/pngrio.c +++ b/pngrio.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* pngrio.c - functions for data input * - * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [November 18, 2009] + * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [December 3, 2009] * Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ */ #define PNG_INTERNAL +#define PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS #include "png.h" #ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED diff --git a/pngrtran.c b/pngrtran.c index 606f6ef8e..198a93aa8 100644 --- a/pngrtran.c +++ b/pngrtran.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* pngrtran.c - transforms the data in a row for PNG readers * - * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [November 18, 2009] + * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [December 3, 2009] * Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ */ #define PNG_INTERNAL +#define PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS #include "png.h" #ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED diff --git a/pngrutil.c b/pngrutil.c index 8d3e68ae4..ec10f8099 100644 --- a/pngrutil.c +++ b/pngrutil.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* pngrutil.c - utilities to read a PNG file * - * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [November 18, 2009] + * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [December 3, 2009] * Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ */ #define PNG_INTERNAL +#define PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS #include "png.h" #ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED diff --git a/pngset.c b/pngset.c index e342b9137..b36a2ef4c 100644 --- a/pngset.c +++ b/pngset.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* pngset.c - storage of image information into info struct * - * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [November 18, 2009] + * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [December 3, 2009] * Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ */ #define PNG_INTERNAL +#define PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS #include "png.h" #if defined(PNG_READ_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED) diff --git a/pngtest.c b/pngtest.c index 851137526..ec63c69fd 100644 --- a/pngtest.c +++ b/pngtest.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* pngtest.c - a simple test program to test libpng * - * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [November 18, 2009] + * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [December 3, 2009] * Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) @@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ * of files at once by typing "pngtest -m file1.png file2.png ..." */ +#define PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS #include "png.h" #ifdef _WIN32_WCE @@ -1689,4 +1690,4 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) } /* Generate a compiler error if there is an old png.h in the search path. */ -typedef version_1_0_51rc01 your_png_h_is_not_version_1_0_51rc01; +typedef version_1_0_51 your_png_h_is_not_version_1_0_51; diff --git a/pngtrans.c b/pngtrans.c index c4bbecc18..6ad9dcf62 100644 --- a/pngtrans.c +++ b/pngtrans.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* pngtrans.c - transforms the data in a row (used by both readers and writers) * - * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [November 18, 2009] + * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [December 3, 2009] * Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ */ #define PNG_INTERNAL +#define PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS #include "png.h" #if defined(PNG_READ_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED) diff --git a/pngwio.c b/pngwio.c index 05e32beca..5a4d04a67 100644 --- a/pngwio.c +++ b/pngwio.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* pngwio.c - functions for data output * - * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [November 18, 2009] + * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [December 3, 2009] * Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ */ #define PNG_INTERNAL +#define PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS #include "png.h" #ifdef PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED diff --git a/pngwrite.c b/pngwrite.c index f8726eb26..ddbff82bf 100644 --- a/pngwrite.c +++ b/pngwrite.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* pngwrite.c - general routines to write a PNG file * - * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [November 18, 2009] + * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [December 3, 2009] * Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ /* Get internal access to png.h */ #define PNG_INTERNAL +#define PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS #include "png.h" #ifdef PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED diff --git a/pngwtran.c b/pngwtran.c index 527d2332d..e5bd4a3ad 100644 --- a/pngwtran.c +++ b/pngwtran.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* pngwtran.c - transforms the data in a row for PNG writers * - * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [November 18, 2009] + * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [December 3, 2009] * Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ */ #define PNG_INTERNAL +#define PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS #include "png.h" #ifdef PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED diff --git a/pngwutil.c b/pngwutil.c index 80a45f775..39884470b 100644 --- a/pngwutil.c +++ b/pngwutil.c @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ /* pngwutil.c - utilities to write a PNG file * - * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [November 18, 2009] + * Last changed in libpng 1.2.41 [December 3, 2009] * Copyright (c) 1998-2009 Glenn Randers-Pehrson * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) @@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ */ #define PNG_INTERNAL +#define PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS #include "png.h" #ifdef PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED diff --git a/projects/visualc6/libpng.dsp b/projects/visualc6/libpng.dsp index 59f57016c..dca2e8582 100644 --- a/projects/visualc6/libpng.dsp +++ b/projects/visualc6/libpng.dsp @@ -56,8 +56,8 @@ MTL=midl.exe # ADD BASE MTL /nologo /D "NDEBUG" /mktyplib203 /win32 # ADD MTL /nologo /D "NDEBUG" /mktyplib203 /win32 RSC=rc.exe -# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" /d "NDEBUG" -# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /i "..\.." /d "PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" /d "NDEBUG" +# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG" +# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /i "..\.." /d "NDEBUG" BSC32=bscmake.exe # ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo # ADD BSC32 /nologo @@ -87,8 +87,8 @@ MTL=midl.exe # ADD BASE MTL /nologo /D "_DEBUG" /mktyplib203 /win32 # ADD MTL /nologo /D "_DEBUG" /mktyplib203 /win32 RSC=rc.exe -# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" /d "_DEBUG" -# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /i "..\.." /d "PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" /d "_DEBUG" /d PNG_DEBUG=1 +# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG" +# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /i "..\.." /d "_DEBUG" /d PNG_DEBUG=1 BSC32=bscmake.exe # ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo # ADD BSC32 /nologo @@ -118,8 +118,8 @@ MTL=midl.exe # ADD BASE MTL /nologo /D "NDEBUG" /mktyplib203 /win32 # ADD MTL /nologo /D "NDEBUG" /mktyplib203 /win32 RSC=rc.exe -# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" /d "NDEBUG" -# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /i "..\.." /d "PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" /d "NDEBUG" /d PNG_LIBPNG_SPECIALBUILD=""""Use MMX instructions"""" +# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG" +# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /i "..\.." /d "NDEBUG" /d PNG_LIBPNG_SPECIALBUILD=""""Use MMX instructions"""" BSC32=bscmake.exe # ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo # ADD BSC32 /nologo @@ -149,8 +149,8 @@ MTL=midl.exe # ADD BASE MTL /nologo /D "_DEBUG" /mktyplib203 /win32 # ADD MTL /nologo /D "_DEBUG" /mktyplib203 /win32 RSC=rc.exe -# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" /d "_DEBUG" -# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /i "..\.." /d "PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" /d "_DEBUG" /d PNG_DEBUG=1 /d PNG_LIBPNG_SPECIALBUILD=""""Use MMX instructions"""" +# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG" +# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /i "..\.." /d "_DEBUG" /d PNG_DEBUG=1 /d PNG_LIBPNG_SPECIALBUILD=""""Use MMX instructions"""" BSC32=bscmake.exe # ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo # ADD BSC32 /nologo @@ -180,8 +180,8 @@ MTL=midl.exe # ADD BASE MTL /nologo /D "NDEBUG" /mktyplib203 /win32 # ADD MTL /nologo /D "NDEBUG" /mktyplib203 /win32 RSC=rc.exe -# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" /d "NDEBUG" -# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /i "..\.." /d "PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" /d "NDEBUG" /dPNG_LIBPNG_DLLFNAME_POSTFIX=""""VB"""" /dPNG_LIBPNG_SPECIALBUILD=""""__stdcall calling convention used for exported functions"""" +# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG" +# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /i "..\.." /d "NDEBUG" /dPNG_LIBPNG_DLLFNAME_POSTFIX=""""VB"""" /dPNG_LIBPNG_SPECIALBUILD=""""__stdcall calling convention used for exported functions"""" BSC32=bscmake.exe # ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo # ADD BSC32 /nologo @@ -213,8 +213,8 @@ CPP=cl.exe # ADD CPP /nologo /MD /W3 /O2 /I "..\.." /I "..\..\..\zlib" /D "PNG_NO_MMX_CODE" /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS" /FD /c # SUBTRACT CPP /YX /Yc /Yu RSC=rc.exe -# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" /d "NDEBUG" -# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /i "..\.." /d "PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" /d "NDEBUG" +# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG" +# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /i "..\.." /d "NDEBUG" BSC32=bscmake.exe # ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo # ADD BSC32 /nologo @@ -240,8 +240,8 @@ CPP=cl.exe # ADD CPP /nologo /MDd /W3 /Gm /ZI /Od /I "..\.." /I "..\..\..\zlib" /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "DEBUG" /D "PNG_NO_MMX_CODE" /D PNG_DEBUG=1 /D "_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS" /FD /GZ /c # SUBTRACT CPP /YX /Yc /Yu RSC=rc.exe -# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" /d "_DEBUG" -# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" /d "_DEBUG" +# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG" +# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG" BSC32=bscmake.exe # ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo # ADD BSC32 /nologo @@ -267,8 +267,8 @@ CPP=cl.exe # ADD CPP /nologo /MD /W3 /O2 /I "..\.." /I "..\..\..\zlib" /D "WIN32" /D "NDEBUG" /D "PNG_USE_PNGVCRD" /D "PNG_LIBPNG_SPECIALBUILD" /D "_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS" /FD /c # SUBTRACT CPP /YX /Yc /Yu RSC=rc.exe -# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" /d "NDEBUG" -# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /i "..\.." /d "PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" /d "NDEBUG" +# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "NDEBUG" +# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /i "..\.." /d "NDEBUG" BSC32=bscmake.exe # ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo # ADD BSC32 /nologo @@ -294,8 +294,8 @@ CPP=cl.exe # ADD CPP /nologo /MDd /W3 /Gm /ZI /Od /I "..\.." /I "..\..\..\zlib" /D "WIN32" /D "_DEBUG" /D "DEBUG" /D PNG_DEBUG=1 /D "PNG_USE_PNGVCRD" /D "PNG_LIBPNG_SPECIALBUILD" /D "_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS" /FD /GZ /c # SUBTRACT CPP /YX /Yc /Yu RSC=rc.exe -# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" /d "_DEBUG" -# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "PNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG" /d "_DEBUG" +# ADD BASE RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG" +# ADD RSC /l 0x409 /d "_DEBUG" BSC32=bscmake.exe # ADD BASE BSC32 /nologo # ADD BSC32 /nologo diff --git a/projects/visualc71/libpng.vcproj b/projects/visualc71/libpng.vcproj index 2f27156e1..3a3d4cce9 100644 --- a/projects/visualc71/libpng.vcproj +++ b/projects/visualc71/libpng.vcproj @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"/> @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"/> @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ Name="VCPreLinkEventTool"/> diff --git a/projects/wince.txt b/projects/wince.txt index d9c8712f9..2f8ec0c92 100644 --- a/projects/wince.txt +++ b/projects/wince.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ A set of project files is available for WinCE. Get -libpng-1.0.51rc01-project-wince.zip from a libpng distribution +libpng-1.0.51-project-wince.zip from a libpng distribution site such as http://libpng.sourceforge.net/index.html Put the zip file in this directory (projects) and then run -"unzip -a libpng-1.0.51rc01-project-wince.zip" +"unzip -a libpng-1.0.51-project-wince.zip" diff --git a/scripts/README.txt b/scripts/README.txt index e1ba3e2d3..b1eba9df0 100644 --- a/scripts/README.txt +++ b/scripts/README.txt @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -Makefiles for libpng version 1.0.51rc01 - November 18, 2009 +Makefiles for libpng version 1.0.51 - December 3, 2009 makefile.linux => Linux/ELF makefile - (gcc, creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51rc01) + (gcc, creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51) makefile.gcc => Generic makefile (gcc, creates static libpng.a) makefile.knr => Archaic UNIX Makefile that converts files with ansi2knr (Requires ansi2knr.c from @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Makefiles for libpng version 1.0.51rc01 - November 18, 2009 makefile.dec => DEC Alpha UNIX makefile makefile.dj2 => DJGPP 2 makefile makefile.elf => Linux/ELF makefile symbol versioning, - gcc, creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51rc01) + gcc, creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51) makefile.freebsd => FreeBSD makefile makefile.gcc => Generic gcc makefile makefile.gccmmx => Generic gcc makefile previously using MMX code @@ -38,14 +38,14 @@ Makefiles for libpng version 1.0.51rc01 - November 18, 2009 makefile.os2 => OS/2 Makefile (gcc and emx, requires pngos2.def) makefile.sco => For SCO OSr5 ELF and Unixware 7 with Native cc makefile.sggcc => Silicon Graphics (gcc, - creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51rc01) + creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51) makefile.sgi => Silicon Graphics IRIX makefile (cc, creates static lib) makefile.solaris => Solaris 2.X makefile (gcc, - creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51rc01) + creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51) makefile.solaris-x86 => Solaris 2.X makefile (gcc, no MMX code, - creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51rc01) + creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51) makefile.so9 => Solaris 9 makefile (gcc, - creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51rc01) + creates libpng10.so.0.1.0.51) makefile.std => Generic UNIX makefile (cc, creates static libpng.a) makefile.sunos => Sun makefile makefile.32sunu => Sun Ultra 32-bit makefile diff --git a/scripts/libpng-config-head.in b/scripts/libpng-config-head.in index c299588b8..ae49cfaf1 100755 --- a/scripts/libpng-config-head.in +++ b/scripts/libpng-config-head.in @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ # Modeled after libxml-config. -version=1.0.51rc01 +version=1.0.51 prefix="" libdir="" libs="" diff --git a/scripts/libpng.pc.in b/scripts/libpng.pc.in index 4366a2602..e5274d384 100644 --- a/scripts/libpng.pc.in +++ b/scripts/libpng.pc.in @@ -5,6 +5,6 @@ includedir=@includedir@/libpng10 Name: libpng Description: Loads and saves PNG files -Version: 1.0.51rc01 +Version: 1.0.51 Libs: -L${libdir} -lpng10 Cflags: -I${includedir} diff --git a/scripts/makefile.32sunu b/scripts/makefile.32sunu index 8157f6d20..de2117356 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.32sunu +++ b/scripts/makefile.32sunu @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ # Library name: LIBNAME=libpng10 PNGMAJ = 0 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) # Shared library names: @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ ZLIBINC=/usr/include WARNMORE=-Wwrite-strings -Wpointer-arith -Wshadow \ -Wmissing-declarations -Wtraditional -Wcast-align \ -Wstrict-prototypes -Wmissing-prototypes #-Wconversion -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIBINC) $(SUN_CC_FLAGS) \ +CFLAGS=-I$(ZLIBINC) $(SUN_CC_FLAGS) \ # $(WARNMORE) -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 LDFLAGS=$(SUN_LD_FLAGS) -L$(ZLIBLIB) -R$(ZLIBLIB) libpng.a -lz -lm diff --git a/scripts/makefile.64sunu b/scripts/makefile.64sunu index 4731963c0..f5391d97d 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.64sunu +++ b/scripts/makefile.64sunu @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ # Library name: LIBNAME=libpng10 PNGMAJ = 0 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) # Shared library names: @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ ZLIBINC=/usr/include WARNMORE=-Wwrite-strings -Wpointer-arith -Wshadow \ -Wmissing-declarations -Wtraditional -Wcast-align \ -Wstrict-prototypes -Wmissing-prototypes #-Wconversion -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIBINC) $(SUN_CC_FLAGS) \ +CFLAGS=-I$(ZLIBINC) $(SUN_CC_FLAGS) \ # $(WARNMORE) -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 LDFLAGS=-L. -R. $(SUN_LD_FLAGS) -L$(ZLIBLIB) -R$(ZLIBLIB) -lpng10 -lz -lm diff --git a/scripts/makefile.acorn b/scripts/makefile.acorn index e2630d733..a0e577b24 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.acorn +++ b/scripts/makefile.acorn @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ # Toolflags: -CCflags = -DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -c -depend !Depend -IC:,Zlib: -g -throwback -DRISCOS -fnah +CCflags = -c -depend !Depend -IC:,Zlib: -g -throwback -DRISCOS -fnah C++flags = -c -depend !Depend -IC: -throwback Linkflags = -aif -c++ -o $@ ObjAsmflags = -throwback -NoCache -depend !Depend diff --git a/scripts/makefile.aix b/scripts/makefile.aix index caced503d..d6ba8186d 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.aix +++ b/scripts/makefile.aix @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ LN_SF = ln -f -s LIBNAME=libpng10 PNGMAJ = 0 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) prefix=/usr/local @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ LDDEBUG = CRELEASE = -O2 LDRELEASE = -s WARNMORE=-W -Wall -CFLAGS = -DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIBINC) $(WARNMORE) $(CRELEASE) +CFLAGS = -I$(ZLIBINC) $(WARNMORE) $(CRELEASE) LDFLAGS = -L. -L$(ZLIBLIB) -lpng10 -lz -lm $(LDRELEASE) # File extensions diff --git a/scripts/makefile.amiga b/scripts/makefile.amiga index 6a64260ac..8bf0f455f 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.amiga +++ b/scripts/makefile.amiga @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ CC=sc #compiler flags # WARNING: a bug in V6.51 causes bad code with OPTGO # So use V6.55 or set NOOPTGO!!!!!!!!! -CFLAGS= -DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG NOSTKCHK PARMS=REG OPTIMIZE OPTGO OPTPEEP OPTINLOCAL OPTINL\ +CFLAGS= NOSTKCHK PARMS=REG OPTIMIZE OPTGO OPTPEEP OPTINLOCAL OPTINL\ OPTLOOP OPTRDEP=4 OPTDEP=4 OPTCOMP=4 INCLUDEDIR=$(ZLIB) \ DEFINE=PNG_INTERNAL #linker flags diff --git a/scripts/makefile.atari b/scripts/makefile.atari index d26552486..0e1ca72cf 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.atari +++ b/scripts/makefile.atari @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ # Modified for LC56/ATARI assumes libz.lib is in same dir and uses default # rules for library management # -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I..\zlib -O +CFLAGS=-I..\zlib -O LBR = png.lib LDFLAGS=-lpng -lz -lm diff --git a/scripts/makefile.bc32 b/scripts/makefile.bc32 index 82dd080cd..4b96231b5 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.bc32 +++ b/scripts/makefile.bc32 @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ LDEBUG=$(LDEBUG) -N # -d merge duplicate strings # -k- turn off standard stack frame # -w display all warnings -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIB_DIR) -O2 -d -k- -w $(TARGET_CPU) $(CDEBUG) +CFLAGS=-I$(ZLIB_DIR) -O2 -d -k- -w $(TARGET_CPU) $(CDEBUG) # -M generate map file LDFLAGS=-L$(ZLIB_DIR) -M $(LDEBUG) diff --git a/scripts/makefile.beos b/scripts/makefile.beos index 5b460d23c..e91ec0a0a 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.beos +++ b/scripts/makefile.beos @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ # Library name: LIBNAME=libpng10 PNGMAJ = 0 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) # Shared library names: @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ WARNMORE=-Wwrite-strings -Wpointer-arith -Wshadow \ # On BeOS, -O1 is actually better than -O3. This is a known bug but it's # still here in R4.5 -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIBINC) -W -Wall -O1 -funroll-loops \ +CFLAGS=-I$(ZLIBINC) -W -Wall -O1 -funroll-loops \ $(ALIGN) # $(WARNMORE) -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 # LDFLAGS=-L. -Wl,-rpath,. -L$(ZLIBLIB) -Wl,-rpath,$(ZLIBLIB) -lpng -lz LDFLAGS=-L. -Wl,-soname=$(LIBSOMAJ) -L$(ZLIBLIB) -lz diff --git a/scripts/makefile.bor b/scripts/makefile.bor index fd5450414..e80318469 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.bor +++ b/scripts/makefile.bor @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ LDEBUG=$(LDEBUG) -N # -w set all warnings on # -O2 optimize for speed # -Z global optimization -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -O2 -Z -X- -w -I$(ZLIB_DIR) -$(TARGET_CPU) $(MODEL_ARG) $(CDEBUG) +CFLAGS=-O2 -Z -X- -w -I$(ZLIB_DIR) -$(TARGET_CPU) $(MODEL_ARG) $(CDEBUG) # -M generate map file LDFLAGS=-M -L$(ZLIB_DIR) $(MODEL_ARG) $(LDEBUG) diff --git a/scripts/makefile.cegcc b/scripts/makefile.cegcc index be780e7b0..1fe526015 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.cegcc +++ b/scripts/makefile.cegcc @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ copy-src: compilation: @echo " * Compilation of $(PACKAGE)" - cd $(PACKAGE) && CPPFLAGS="$(CPPFLAGS) -DPNG_BUILD_DLL -DPNG_CONSOLE_IO_SUPPORTED -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE -D_WIN32_WCE=0x0420" CFLAGS="$(CFLAGS) -DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -mms-bitfields -O3 -pipe -fomit-frame-pointer" LDFLAGS="$(LDFLAGS) -Wl,--enable-auto-import -Wl,-s" ./configure --prefix=/opt/wince --host=arm-mingw32ce && make + cd $(PACKAGE) && CPPFLAGS="$(CPPFLAGS) -DPNG_BUILD_DLL -DPNG_CONSOLE_IO_SUPPORTED -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE -D_WIN32_WCE=0x0420" CFLAGS="$(CFLAGS) -mms-bitfields -O3 -pipe -fomit-frame-pointer" LDFLAGS="$(LDFLAGS) -Wl,--enable-auto-import -Wl,-s" ./configure --prefix=/opt/wince --host=arm-mingw32ce && make copy: @echo " * Copy of binary and development files" diff --git a/scripts/makefile.cygwin b/scripts/makefile.cygwin index bdf59daf0..57cdb6a4b 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.cygwin +++ b/scripts/makefile.cygwin @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ DESTDIR= CC=gcc ifdef MINGW -MINGW_CCFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -mno-cygwin -I/usr/include/mingw +MINGW_CCFLAGS=-mno-cygwin -I/usr/include/mingw MINGW_LDFLAGS=-mno-cygwin -L/usr/lib/mingw endif @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ CFLAGS= $(strip $(MINGW_CCFLAGS) $(addprefix -I,$(ZLIBINC)) \ LIBNAME = libpng10 PNGMAJ = 0 CYGDLL = 10 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) SHAREDLIB=cygpng$(CYGDLL).dll diff --git a/scripts/makefile.darwin b/scripts/makefile.darwin index 591d7c3da..088251a3c 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.darwin +++ b/scripts/makefile.darwin @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ ZLIBINC=../zlib # Library name: LIBNAME = libpng10 PNGMAJ = 10 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) # Shared library names: @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ LN_SF=ln -sf RANLIB=ranlib RM_F=/bin/rm -f -# CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIBINC) -W -Wall -O3 -funroll-loops -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE +# CFLAGS=-I$(ZLIBINC) -W -Wall -O3 -funroll-loops -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIBINC) -W -Wall -O -funroll-loops LDFLAGS=-L. -L$(ZLIBLIB) -lpng10 -lz diff --git a/scripts/makefile.dec b/scripts/makefile.dec index 3ead62f03..a9a5d6583 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.dec +++ b/scripts/makefile.dec @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ # Library name: PNGMAJ = 0 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) LIBNAME = libpng10 @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ DM=$(DESTDIR)$(MANPATH) ZLIBLIB=../zlib ZLIBINC=../zlib -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -std -w1 -I$(ZLIBINC) -O # -g -DPNG_DEBUG=1 +CFLAGS=-std -w1 -I$(ZLIBINC) -O # -g -DPNG_DEBUG=1 LDFLAGS=-L$(ZLIBLIB) -rpath $(ZLIBLIB) libpng.a -lz -lm OBJS = png.o pngset.o pngget.o pngrutil.o pngtrans.o pngwutil.o \ diff --git a/scripts/makefile.dj2 b/scripts/makefile.dj2 index f37ec964d..b8457ee49 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.dj2 +++ b/scripts/makefile.dj2 @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ INCPATH=$(prefix)/include LIBPATH=$(prefix)/lib CC=gcc -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I../zlib -O +CFLAGS=-I../zlib -O LDFLAGS=-L. -L../zlib/ -lpng -lz -lm RANLIB=ranlib diff --git a/scripts/makefile.elf b/scripts/makefile.elf index 52b5926a0..e32bfaf49 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.elf +++ b/scripts/makefile.elf @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ # Library name: LIBNAME = libpng10 PNGMAJ = 0 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) # Shared library names: @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ WARNMORE=-Wwrite-strings -Wpointer-arith -Wshadow \ # for pgcc version 2.95.1, -O3 is buggy; don't use it. -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -W -Wall -D_REENTRANT -O2 \ +CFLAGS=-W -Wall -D_REENTRANT -O2 \ $(ALIGN) # $(WARNMORE) -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 LDFLAGS=-L. -lpng10 diff --git a/scripts/makefile.freebsd b/scripts/makefile.freebsd index 5b31465f1..daf91bd99 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.freebsd +++ b/scripts/makefile.freebsd @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ SYMLINKS= libpng/png.h ${INCSDIR}/../png.h \ LDADD+= -lm -lz DPADD+= ${LIBM} ${LIBZ} -CFLAGS+= -DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I. +CFLAGS+= -I. .if (${MACHINE_ARCH} != "i386") CFLAGS+= -DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE .endif diff --git a/scripts/makefile.gcc b/scripts/makefile.gcc index 2eff467e4..ed7cd8668 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.gcc +++ b/scripts/makefile.gcc @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ CDEBUG = -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 LDDEBUG = CRELEASE = -O2 LDRELEASE = -s -#CFLAGS = -DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -W -Wall $(CDEBUG) -CFLAGS = -DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -W -Wall $(CRELEASE) +#CFLAGS = -W -Wall $(CDEBUG) +CFLAGS = -W -Wall $(CRELEASE) #LDFLAGS = $(LDDEBUG) LDFLAGS = $(LDRELEASE) LIBS = -lz -lm diff --git a/scripts/makefile.gcmmx b/scripts/makefile.gcmmx index af7164106..1f69ca2cb 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.gcmmx +++ b/scripts/makefile.gcmmx @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ # Library name: LIBNAME = libpng10 PNGMAJ = 0 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) # Shared library names: diff --git a/scripts/makefile.hp64 b/scripts/makefile.hp64 index befa76718..cf6002c05 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.hp64 +++ b/scripts/makefile.hp64 @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@ ZLIBINC=/opt/zlib/include # Note that if you plan to build a libpng shared library, zlib must also # be a shared library, which zlib's configure does not do. After running # zlib's configure, edit the appropriate lines of makefile to read: -# CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -O1 -DHAVE_UNISTD -DUSE_MAP -fPIC \ +# CFLAGS=-O1 -DHAVE_UNISTD -DUSE_MAP -fPIC \ # LDSHARED=ld -b # SHAREDLIB=libz.sl # Library name: LIBNAME = libpng10 PNGMAJ = 0 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) # Shared library names: @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ LN_SF=ln -sf RANLIB=ranlib RM_F=/bin/rm -f -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIBINC) -O -Ae -Wl,+vnocompatwarnings +DD64 \ +CFLAGS=-I$(ZLIBINC) -O -Ae -Wl,+vnocompatwarnings +DD64 \ -D_LARGEFILE_SOURCE -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 +Z -DHAVE_UNISTD_H -DUSE_MMAP # Caution: be sure you have built zlib with the same CFLAGS. -CCFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIBINC) -O -Ae -Wl,+vnocompatwarnings +DD64 \ +CCFLAGS=-I$(ZLIBINC) -O -Ae -Wl,+vnocompatwarnings +DD64 \ -D_LARGEFILE_SOURCE -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 +Z -DHAVE_UNISTD_H -DUSE_MMAP LDFLAGS=-L. -L$(ZLIBLIB) -lpng -lz -lm diff --git a/scripts/makefile.hpgcc b/scripts/makefile.hpgcc index 8cee42aec..b24df8c06 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.hpgcc +++ b/scripts/makefile.hpgcc @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ # Library name: LIBNAME = libpng10 PNGMAJ = 0 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) # Shared library names: @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ WARNMORE=-Wwrite-strings -Wpointer-arith -Wshadow \ # for pgcc version 2.95.1, -O3 is buggy; don't use it. -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIBINC) -W -Wall -O3 -funroll-loops -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE \ +CFLAGS=-I$(ZLIBINC) -W -Wall -O3 -funroll-loops -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE \ $(ALIGN) # $(WARNMORE) -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 #LDFLAGS=-L. -Wl,-rpath,. -L$(ZLIBLIB) -Wl,-rpath,$(ZLIBLIB) -lpng10 -lz -lm LDFLAGS=-L. -L$(ZLIBLIB) -lpng10 -lz -lm diff --git a/scripts/makefile.hpux b/scripts/makefile.hpux index b6205498a..9081517f4 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.hpux +++ b/scripts/makefile.hpux @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ ZLIBINC=/opt/zlib/include # Library name: LIBNAME = libpng10 PNGMAJ = 0 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) # Shared library names: @@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ LIBPATH=$(exec_prefix)/lib MANPATH=$(prefix)/man BINPATH=$(exec_prefix)/bin -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIBINC) -O -Ae +DA1.1 +DS2.0 -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE +CFLAGS=-I$(ZLIBINC) -O -Ae +DA1.1 +DS2.0 -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE # Caution: be sure you have built zlib with the same CFLAGS. -CCFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIBINC) -O -Ae +DA1.1 +DS2.0 +CCFLAGS=-I$(ZLIBINC) -O -Ae +DA1.1 +DS2.0 LDFLAGS=-L. -L$(ZLIBLIB) -lpng -lz -lm # override DESTDIR= on the make install command line to easily support diff --git a/scripts/makefile.ibmc b/scripts/makefile.ibmc index 8d02a8387..3d540d286 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.ibmc +++ b/scripts/makefile.ibmc @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ LD = ilink AR = ilib RM = del -CFLAGS = -DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIBINC) -Mc -O2 -W3 +CFLAGS = -I$(ZLIBINC) -Mc -O2 -W3 LDFLAGS = # File extensions diff --git a/scripts/makefile.intel b/scripts/makefile.intel index 79f34ed0f..3b1cdde40 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.intel +++ b/scripts/makefile.intel @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ CALLING=r # __fastcall # -------------------------------------------------------------------------- CC=icl -c -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -O2 -G$(CPU)$(CALLING) -Qip -Qunroll4 -I$(ZLIBINC) -nologo +CFLAGS=-O2 -G$(CPU)$(CALLING) -Qip -Qunroll4 -I$(ZLIBINC) -nologo LD=link LDFLAGS=/SUBSYSTEM:CONSOLE /NOLOGO diff --git a/scripts/makefile.knr b/scripts/makefile.knr index 75453196a..3a2067481 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.knr +++ b/scripts/makefile.knr @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ LIBPATH=$(prefix)/lib DESTDIR= CC=cc -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I../zlib -O +CFLAGS=-I../zlib -O LDFLAGS=-L. -L../zlib/ -lpng -lz -lm # flags for ansi2knr ANSI2KNRFLAGS= diff --git a/scripts/makefile.linux b/scripts/makefile.linux index a5fb7372a..ab4ab55e6 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.linux +++ b/scripts/makefile.linux @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ # Library name: LIBNAME = libpng10 PNGMAJ = 0 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) # Shared library names: @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ WARNMORE=-Wwrite-strings -Wpointer-arith -Wshadow \ # for pgcc version 2.95.1, -O3 is buggy; don't use it. -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIBINC) -W -Wall -O3 -funroll-loops -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE \ +CFLAGS=-I$(ZLIBINC) -W -Wall -O3 -funroll-loops -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE \ $(ALIGN) # $(WARNMORE) -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 LDFLAGS=-L. -Wl,-rpath,. -L$(ZLIBLIB) -Wl,-rpath,$(ZLIBLIB) -lpng10 -lz -lm diff --git a/scripts/makefile.mingw b/scripts/makefile.mingw index 8338fd214..9e89338d8 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.mingw +++ b/scripts/makefile.mingw @@ -62,22 +62,22 @@ WARNMORE=-Wwrite-strings -Wpointer-arith -Wshadow \ -Wstrict-prototypes -Wmissing-prototypes #-Wconversion ### if you don't need thread safety, but want the asm accel -#CFLAGS= -DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG $(strip $(MINGW_CCFLAGS) -DPNG_THREAD_UNSAFE_OK \ +#CFLAGS= $(strip $(MINGW_CCFLAGS) -DPNG_THREAD_UNSAFE_OK \ # $(addprefix -I,$(ZLIBINC)) -W -Wall -O $(ALIGN) -funroll-loops \ # -fomit-frame-pointer) # $(WARNMORE) -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 ### if you need thread safety and want (minimal) asm accel -#CFLAGS= -DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG $(strip $(MINGW_CCFLAGS) $(addprefix -I,$(ZLIBINC)) \ +#CFLAGS= $(strip $(MINGW_CCFLAGS) $(addprefix -I,$(ZLIBINC)) \ # -W -Wall -O $(ALIGN) -funroll-loops \ # -fomit-frame-pointer) # $(WARNMORE) -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 ### Normal (non-asm) compilation -CFLAGS= -DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG $(strip $(MINGW_CCFLAGS) $(addprefix -I,$(ZLIBINC)) \ +CFLAGS= $(strip $(MINGW_CCFLAGS) $(addprefix -I,$(ZLIBINC)) \ -W -Wall -O3 $(ALIGN) -funroll-loops -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE \ -fomit-frame-pointer) # $(WARNMORE) -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 LIBNAME = libpng10 PNGMAJ = 0 MINGDLL = 10 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) SHAREDLIB=libpng$(MINGDLL).dll diff --git a/scripts/makefile.mips b/scripts/makefile.mips index 8765066a9..2c7082dec 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.mips +++ b/scripts/makefile.mips @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ LIBPATH=$(prefix)/lib DESTDIR= CC=cc -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I../zlib -O -systype sysv -DSYSV -w -Dmips -#CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -O +CFLAGS=-I../zlib -O -systype sysv -DSYSV -w -Dmips +#CFLAGS=-O LDFLAGS=-L. -L../zlib/ -lpng -lz -lm #RANLIB=ranlib diff --git a/scripts/makefile.msc b/scripts/makefile.msc index d5a9ba15e..df9e84dd7 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.msc +++ b/scripts/makefile.msc @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ # -------- Microsoft C 5.1 and later, does not use assembler code -------- MODEL=L -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -Oait -Gs -nologo -W3 -A$(MODEL) -I..\zlib +CFLAGS=-Oait -Gs -nologo -W3 -A$(MODEL) -I..\zlib #-Ox generates bad code with MSC 5.1 CC=cl LD=link diff --git a/scripts/makefile.ne12bsd b/scripts/makefile.ne12bsd index 071922525..c06ba0ba0 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.ne12bsd +++ b/scripts/makefile.ne12bsd @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ INCSDIR=${LOCALBASE}/include/libpng10 LIB= png10 SHLIB_MAJOR= 0 -SHLIB_MINOR= 1.0.51rc01 +SHLIB_MINOR= 1.0.51 SRCS= png.c pngset.c pngget.c pngrutil.c pngtrans.c pngwutil.c \ pngread.c pngrio.c pngwio.c pngwrite.c pngrtran.c \ pngwtran.c pngmem.c pngerror.c pngpread.c @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ CPPFLAGS+=-I${.CURDIR} # We should be able to do something like this instead of the manual # uncommenting, but it core dumps for me at the moment: # .if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "i386" -# CPPFLAGS+=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -DPNG_THREAD_UNSAFE_OK +# CPPFLAGS+=-DPNG_THREAD_UNSAFE_OK # MKLINT= no # .else - CPPFLAGS+=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE + CPPFLAGS+=-DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE # .endif CLEANFILES+=pngtest.o pngtest diff --git a/scripts/makefile.netbsd b/scripts/makefile.netbsd index 3da4b8ab4..fa275ed1b 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.netbsd +++ b/scripts/makefile.netbsd @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ INCSDIR=${LOCALBASE}/include/libpng LIB= png SHLIB_MAJOR= 3 -SHLIB_MINOR= 1.0.51rc01 +SHLIB_MINOR= 1.0.51 SRCS= png.c pngset.c pngget.c pngrutil.c pngtrans.c pngwutil.c \ pngread.c pngrio.c pngwio.c pngwrite.c pngrtran.c \ pngwtran.c pngmem.c pngerror.c pngpread.c @@ -29,10 +29,10 @@ CPPFLAGS+=-I${.CURDIR} # We should be able to do something like this instead of the manual # uncommenting, but it core dumps for me at the moment: # .if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "i386" -# CPPFLAGS+=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -DPNG_THREAD_UNSAFE_OK +# CPPFLAGS+=-DPNG_THREAD_UNSAFE_OK # MKLINT= no # .else - CPPFLAGS+=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE + CPPFLAGS+=-DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE # .endif CLEANFILES+=pngtest.o pngtest diff --git a/scripts/makefile.nommx b/scripts/makefile.nommx index 8e82d749b..3577caba3 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.nommx +++ b/scripts/makefile.nommx @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ # Library name: LIBNAME = libpng10 PNGMAJ = 0 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) # Shared library names: @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ WARNMORE=-Wwrite-strings -Wpointer-arith -Wshadow \ # for pgcc version 2.95.1, -O3 is buggy; don't use it. -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIBINC) -W -Wall -O3 -funroll-loops -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE \ +CFLAGS=-I$(ZLIBINC) -W -Wall -O3 -funroll-loops -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE \ $(ALIGN) # $(WARNMORE) -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 LDFLAGS=-L. -Wl,-rpath,. -L$(ZLIBLIB) -Wl,-rpath,$(ZLIBLIB) -lpng10 -lz -lm diff --git a/scripts/makefile.openbsd b/scripts/makefile.openbsd index d71b65e9e..4f97bc4b1 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.openbsd +++ b/scripts/makefile.openbsd @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ LIBDIR= ${PREFIX}/lib MANDIR= ${PREFIX}/man/cat SHLIB_MAJOR= 0 -SHLIB_MINOR= 1.0.51rc01 +SHLIB_MINOR= 1.0.51 LIB= png SRCS= png.c pngerror.c pngget.c pngmem.c pngpread.c \ @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ SRCS= png.c pngerror.c pngget.c pngmem.c pngpread.c \ HDRS= png.h pngconf.h -CFLAGS+= -DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -W -Wall +CFLAGS+= -W -Wall CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR} -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE NOPROFILE= Yes diff --git a/scripts/makefile.os2 b/scripts/makefile.os2 index e190c0a6c..907cfc894 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.os2 +++ b/scripts/makefile.os2 @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ ZLIBINC=../zlib WARNMORE=-Wwrite-strings -Wpointer-arith -Wshadow \ -Wmissing-declarations -Wtraditional -Wcast-align \ -Wstrict-prototypes -Wmissing-prototypes #-Wconversion -CFLAGS=--DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG I$(ZLIBINC) -W -Wall -O6 -funroll-loops -malign-loops=2 \ +CFLAGS=-I$(ZLIBINC) -W -Wall -O6 -funroll-loops -malign-loops=2 \ -malign-functions=2 #$(WARNMORE) -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 LDFLAGS=-L. -L$(ZLIBLIB) -lpng -lzdll -Zcrtdll AR=emxomfar diff --git a/scripts/makefile.sco b/scripts/makefile.sco index 508003d57..51bf48d48 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.sco +++ b/scripts/makefile.sco @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ # Library name: LIBNAME = libpng10 PNGMAJ = 0 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) # Shared library names: @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ exec_prefix=$(prefix) ZLIBLIB=../zlib ZLIBINC=../zlib -CFLAGS= -DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -dy -belf -I$(ZLIBINC) -O3 -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE +CFLAGS= -dy -belf -I$(ZLIBINC) -O3 -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE LDFLAGS=-L. -L$(ZLIBLIB) -lpng10 -lz -lm INCPATH=$(prefix)/include/libpng diff --git a/scripts/makefile.sggcc b/scripts/makefile.sggcc index ff67aa1b5..7e3bf4786 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.sggcc +++ b/scripts/makefile.sggcc @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ # Library name: LIBNAME=libpng10 PNGMAJ = 0 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) # Shared library names: @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ ZLIBINC=../zlib ABI= WARNMORE= # -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG $(ABI) -I$(ZLIBINC) -O $(WARNMORE) -fPIC -mabi=n32 -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE +CFLAGS=$(ABI) -I$(ZLIBINC) -O $(WARNMORE) -fPIC -mabi=n32 -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE LDFLAGS=$(ABI) -L. -L$(ZLIBLIB) -lpng -lz -lm LDSHARED=cc $(ABI) -shared -soname $(LIBSOMAJ) \ -set_version sgi$(PNGMAJ).0 diff --git a/scripts/makefile.sgi b/scripts/makefile.sgi index f9a309f43..ad495a607 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.sgi +++ b/scripts/makefile.sgi @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ # Library name: LIBNAME=libpng10 PNGMAJ = 0 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) # Shared library names: @@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ ABI= WARNMORE=-fullwarn # Note: -KPIC is the default anyhow -#CFLAGS= -DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG $(ABI) -I$(ZLIBINC) -O $(WARNMORE) -KPIC -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE # -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG $(ABI) -I$(ZLIBINC) -O $(WARNMORE) -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE +#CFLAGS= $(ABI) -I$(ZLIBINC) -O $(WARNMORE) -KPIC -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE # -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 +CFLAGS=$(ABI) -I$(ZLIBINC) -O $(WARNMORE) -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE LDFLAGS_A=$(ABI) -L. -L$(ZLIBLIB) -lpng10 -lz -lm LDFLAGS=$(ABI) -L. -L$(ZLIBLIB) -lpng -lz -lm LDSHARED=cc $(ABI) -shared -soname $(LIBSOMAJ) \ diff --git a/scripts/makefile.so9 b/scripts/makefile.so9 index a53008ec3..d702d3f98 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.so9 +++ b/scripts/makefile.so9 @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ # Library name: PNGMAJ = 0 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) LIBNAME = libpng10 @@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ ZLIBINC=/usr/include #WARNMORE=-Wwrite-strings -Wpointer-arith -Wshadow \ -Wmissing-declarations -Wtraditional -Wcast-align \ -Wstrict-prototypes -Wmissing-prototypes #-Wconversion -#CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIBINC) -W -Wall -O3 $(WARNMORE) -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIBINC) -O3 -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE +#CFLAGS=-I$(ZLIBINC) -W -Wall -O3 $(WARNMORE) -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE +CFLAGS=-I$(ZLIBINC) -O3 -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE LDFLAGS=-L. -R. -L$(ZLIBLIB) -R$(ZLIBLIB) -lpng10 -lz -lm INCPATH=$(prefix)/include diff --git a/scripts/makefile.solaris b/scripts/makefile.solaris index b9baef3c1..d7492c3c9 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.solaris +++ b/scripts/makefile.solaris @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ # Library name: LIBNAME = libpng10 PNGMAJ = 0 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) # Shared library names: @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ ZLIBINC=/usr/local/include WARNMORE=-Wwrite-strings -Wpointer-arith -Wshadow \ -Wmissing-declarations -Wtraditional -Wcast-align \ -Wstrict-prototypes -Wmissing-prototypes #-Wconversion -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIBINC) -W -Wall -O -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE; \ +CFLAGS=-I$(ZLIBINC) -W -Wall -O -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE; \ # $(WARNMORE) -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 LDFLAGS=-L. -R. -L$(ZLIBLIB) -R$(ZLIBLIB) -lpng10 -lz -lm diff --git a/scripts/makefile.solaris-x86 b/scripts/makefile.solaris-x86 index a81e35301..106af25c5 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.solaris-x86 +++ b/scripts/makefile.solaris-x86 @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ # Library name: LIBNAME = libpng10 PNGMAJ = 0 -PNGMIN = 1.0.51rc01 +PNGMIN = 1.0.51 PNGVER = $(PNGMAJ).$(PNGMIN) # Shared library names: diff --git a/scripts/makefile.std b/scripts/makefile.std index abbf9b999..262d153c3 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.std +++ b/scripts/makefile.std @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ LN_SF=ln -sf RANLIB=ranlib RM_F=rm -f -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIBINC) -O # -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 +CFLAGS=-I$(ZLIBINC) -O # -g -DPNG_DEBUG=5 LDFLAGS=-L. -L$(ZLIBLIB) -lpng -lz -lm OBJS = png.o pngset.o pngget.o pngrutil.o pngtrans.o pngwutil.o \ diff --git a/scripts/makefile.sunos b/scripts/makefile.sunos index 7feb04c79..0cef4fcb9 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.sunos +++ b/scripts/makefile.sunos @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ LN_SF=ln -f -s RANLIB=ranlib RM_F=/bin/rm -f -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -I$(ZLIBINC) -O # $(WARNMORE) -DPNG_DEBUG=5 +CFLAGS=-I$(ZLIBINC) -O # $(WARNMORE) -DPNG_DEBUG=5 LDFLAGS=-L. -L$(ZLIBLIB) -lpng -lz -lm OBJS = png.o pngset.o pngget.o pngrutil.o pngtrans.o pngwutil.o \ diff --git a/scripts/makefile.tc3 b/scripts/makefile.tc3 index 951af0d5c..21435a68e 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.tc3 +++ b/scripts/makefile.tc3 @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ # ----- Turbo C 3.00 (can be modified to work with earlier versions) ----- MODEL=l -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -O2 -Z -m$(MODEL) -I..\zlib -#CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -D_NO_PROTO -O2 -Z -m$(MODEL) -I..\zlib # Turbo C older than 3.00 +CFLAGS=-O2 -Z -m$(MODEL) -I..\zlib +#CFLAGS=-D_NO_PROTO -O2 -Z -m$(MODEL) -I..\zlib # Turbo C older than 3.00 CC=tcc LD=tcc LIB=tlib diff --git a/scripts/makefile.vcawin32 b/scripts/makefile.vcawin32 index 533cb298d..1b58300f5 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.vcawin32 +++ b/scripts/makefile.vcawin32 @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ CC = cl LD = link AR = lib -CFLAGS = -DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -nologo -DPNG_USE_PNGVCRD -MD -O2 -W3 -I..\zlib +CFLAGS = -nologo -DPNG_USE_PNGVCRD -MD -O2 -W3 -I..\zlib LDFLAGS = -nologo ARFLAGS = -nologo RM = del diff --git a/scripts/makefile.vcwin32 b/scripts/makefile.vcwin32 index 38e834a8b..3cdfb3904 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.vcwin32 +++ b/scripts/makefile.vcwin32 @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ CC = cl LD = link AR = lib -CFLAGS = -DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -nologo -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE -MD -O2 -W3 -I..\zlib +CFLAGS = -nologo -DPNG_NO_MMX_CODE -MD -O2 -W3 -I..\zlib LDFLAGS = -nologo ARFLAGS = -nologo RM = del diff --git a/scripts/makefile.watcom b/scripts/makefile.watcom index bff6ebcb8..4a8c7d7d2 100644 --- a/scripts/makefile.watcom +++ b/scripts/makefile.watcom @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ CALLING=r # registers CC=wcc386 -CFLAGS=-DPNG_CONFIGURE_LIBPNG -$(CPU)$(CALLING) -fp$(CPU) -fpi87 -oneatx -mf -bt=$(OS) -i=$(ZLIBINC) -zq +CFLAGS=-$(CPU)$(CALLING) -fp$(CPU) -fpi87 -oneatx -mf -bt=$(OS) -i=$(ZLIBINC) -zq LD=wcl386 LDFLAGS=-zq diff --git a/scripts/png32ce.def b/scripts/png32ce.def index 7a895b85d..b1db2688b 100644 --- a/scripts/png32ce.def +++ b/scripts/png32ce.def @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ LIBRARY lpngce EXPORTS -;Version 1.0.51rc01 +;Version 1.0.51 png_build_grayscale_palette @1 png_check_sig @2 png_chunk_error @3 diff --git a/scripts/pngos2.def b/scripts/pngos2.def index ed73ad1e6..b1d400e11 100644 --- a/scripts/pngos2.def +++ b/scripts/pngos2.def @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ ; PNG.LIB module definition file for OS/2 ;---------------------------------------- -; Version 1.0.51rc01 +; Version 1.0.51 LIBRARY PNG DESCRIPTION "PNG image compression library for OS/2" diff --git a/scripts/pngw32.def b/scripts/pngw32.def index 2f0b0be6c..e6b728726 100644 --- a/scripts/pngw32.def +++ b/scripts/pngw32.def @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ LIBRARY EXPORTS -;Version 1.0.51rc01 +;Version 1.0.51 png_build_grayscale_palette @1 png_check_sig @2 png_chunk_error @3 -- cgit v1.2.1